Document:

EX-10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 

LANCASTER COLONY CORPORATION 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of
[                    ] (the “Effective Date”), by and between Lancaster Colony Corporation, an Ohio corporation (together
with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), and [                    ] (the “Executive”). 

RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, the
Executive is a senior executive of the Company and has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the short- and long-term profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company; 

WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that, as is the case for most publicly held companies, the possibility of a Change in Control (as hereinafter
defined) exists; 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of both present and future continuity of management and desires to
establish certain severance benefits for certain executives, applicable in the event of a Change in Control; 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires
to provide additional inducement for the Executive to continue to remain in the employ of the Company; and 
 WHEREAS, the Compensation
Committee of the Board has authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement. 
 AGREEMENTS 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree to enter into
this Agreement as follows: 
 1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this
Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” means any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with, a person or entity.

 “Annual Pay” means the sum of (a) an amount equal to the annual base salary rate payable to the Executive by the Company
at the time of termination of his or her employment plus (b) an amount equal to the targeted bonus established for the Executive for the Company’s fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, but in either
case, without giving effect to any reduction therein occurring after a Change in Control. 
 “Board” means the board of
directors of the Company. 
 “Cause” means the Executive’s (a) willful and intentional material breach of this
Agreement, (b) willful and intentional misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of, or willful neglect of, the Executive’s duties, which has caused material injury (monetary or otherwise) to the Company, (c) material breach of the
Company’s Code of Ethics, or (d) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a 

 
felony; provided, however, that no act or omission shall constitute “Cause” for purposes of this Agreement unless the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Lead Independent Director
provides to the Executive (i) written notice clearly and fully describing the particular acts or omissions which the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Lead Independent Director reasonably believes in good faith constitutes “Cause”
and (ii) an opportunity, within thirty (30) days following his or her receipt of such notice, to meet in person with the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Lead Independent Director to explain or defend the alleged acts or omissions relied upon
by the Board and, to the extent practicable, to cure such acts or omissions. Further, no act or omission shall be considered as “willful” or “intentional” if the Executive reasonably believed such acts or omissions were in the
best interests of the Company. 
 “Change in Control” means the first occurrence of any of the following events after the
Effective Date: 
 (a) any person, entity or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the “Act”)), other than the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any person, group or entity controlled by or under
common control with John B. Gerlach Jr., becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; 

(b) the persons who, as of the Effective Date, are serving as the members of the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall
cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (or the board of directors of any successor to the Company), provided that any director elected to the Board, or nominated for election, by at least two-thirds of the
Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this clause (b); 
 (c) the Company
consummates a merger or consolidation with any other corporation, and as a result of which (i) persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, do not, immediately thereafter, own, directly or
indirectly and in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors of (x) the Company or the surviving entity or (y) an entity that, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity described in
subclause (x), and (ii), within the twelve-month period after such consummation of the merger or consolidation, the members of the Board as of the consummation of such merger or consolidation cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors
of the Company or the surviving entity (or the entity that, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or such surviving entity); or 

(d) the shareholders of the Company approve and the Company consummates a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company, and immediately after such sale, transfer or disposition, the persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such sale, transfer or disposition do not own, directly or indirectly and in substantially the
same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company immediately prior to the sale, transfer or disposition, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of
(x) the entity or entities to which such assets are sold or transferred or (y) an entity that, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entities described
in subclause (x). 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Confidential Information” means all information, whether oral or written, previously or hereafter developed, acquired or
used by the Company or its subsidiaries and relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries that is not generally known to others in the Company’s area of business, 

  
 2 

 
including without limitation trade secrets, methods or practices developed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, financial results or plans, customer or client lists, personnel information,
information relating to negotiations with clients or prospective clients, proprietary software, databases, programming or data transmission methods, or copyrighted materials (including without limitation, brochures, layouts, letters, art work, copy,
photographs or illustrations). It is expressly understood that the foregoing list shall be illustrative only and is not intended to be an exclusive or exhaustive list of “Confidential Information.” 

“Good Reason” means any of the following events occurring, without the Executive’s prior written consent specifically
referring to this Agreement, within 12 months after a Change in Control: 
 (a) (i) any material reduction in the amount of the
Executive’s Annual Pay, (ii) any material reduction in the amount of Executive’s other incentive compensation opportunities, or (iii) any significant reduction in the aggregate value of the Executive’s benefits as in effect from time
to time unless such reduction under this clause (iii) is pursuant to a general change in benefits applicable to all similarly situated employees of the Company and its Affiliates; 

(b) any material adverse change in the nature or status of the Executive’s title, duties or responsibilities (including reporting
responsibilities); 
 (c) relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from the
Executive’s place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control; or 
 (d) failure by the Company to obtain the assumption
agreement referred to in Section 7 of this Agreement prior to the effectiveness of any succession referred to therein, unless the purchaser, successor or assignee referred to therein is bound to perform this Agreement by operation of law. 

In order for a termination by the Executive to constitute a termination for Good Reason, (i) the Executive must notify the Company of the
circumstances claimed to constitute Good Reason in writing not later than the 60th day after it has arisen or occurred, (ii) the Company must not have cured such circumstances within 30 days of receipt of the notice and (iii) the Executive must
actually terminate employment both (x) on or before the 12th month anniversary of the Change in Control; and (y) within 30 days after the expiration of such cure period. 

“Termination Pay” means a payment required to be made by the Company to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(a) (ii) or
Section 2(b) hereof. 
 2. Benefits. 

(a) Involuntary or Constructive Termination. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company or its successor is
terminated on or within 12 months following a Change in Control (x) by the Company or its successor without Cause or (y) by the Executive for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the following payments and other benefits (subject to
reduction by the Company, in its sole discretion, in accordance with Section 3): 
 (i) The Company shall pay to the Executive a cash
payment in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s accrued and unpaid base salary and accrued and unused vacation as of his or her date of termination of employment, as required by law, plus (B) his or her accrued and unpaid
bonus, if any, for the Company’s prior fiscal year, plus (C) an amount equal to the greater of the following, paid on a pro rata basis for the portion of the year between July 1 and the date of the Executive’s termination of
employment: (x) Executive’s target level bonus (based on the number of days employed during the fiscal year prior to 

  
 3 

 
such termination), or (y) the actual bonus to which the Executive would be entitled in the year of employment termination, if calculable at the date of termination, plus (D) reimbursement for all
unreimbursed expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive (in accordance with Company policy). This amount shall be paid within five (5) business days of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. 

(ii) The Company shall pay to the Executive a cash payment in an amount equal to three times the Executive’s Annual Pay. This amount
shall be paid by the Company within fifteen days after the date of termination, subject to Section 2(d) hereof. 
 (iii) The Company
shall pay to the Executive a cash lump payment in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s unvested account balance under the Company’s 401(k) plan, if any, and (B) two times the amount of the aggregate matching contributions
payable in respect of the Executive’s contributions into the Executive’s 401(k) account for the last completed calendar year (which, for this purpose, shall be annualized if the Executive was not eligible to participate in such 401(k) plan
for the entire calendar year). This amount shall be paid within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. 

(iv) The Executive and his or her eligible dependents shall be entitled for a period of two years following his or her date of termination of
employment to continued coverage, on the same basis as similarly situated active employees, under the Company’s group health, dental, long-term disability and life insurance plans as in effect from time to time (but not any other welfare
benefit plans or any retirement plans); provided that coverage under any particular benefit plan shall expire with respect to the period after the Executive becomes covered under another employer’s plan providing for a similar type of benefit.
In the event the Company is unable to provide such coverage on account of any limitations under the terms of any applicable contract with an insurance carrier or third party administrator, the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the
cost to the Company of providing such coverage within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. To the extent that Company’s group health or dental benefits are self-insured, then in addition to any other
limitation provided here, the period of coverage provided by this Section 2(a)(iv) under the self-insured health or dental plan shall not exceed the period of time during which the Executive would be entitled to receive continuation coverage under a
group health plan under section 4980B (COBRA) if the Executive had elected such coverage and paid such premiums. To the extent that the immediately preceding sentence applies, the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the cost of such
COBRA coverage for a period equal to the excess of (i) 24 months minus (ii) the number of months of COBRA coverage initially available to the Executive, as determined in good faith by the Company, with such payment to be made within 60 days after
the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. 
 (b) Treatment of Equity Following a Change in Control. All of the
Executive’s outstanding equity awards issued under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended, or other plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the plan and the applicable award agreements issued to the Executive
thereunder. 
 (c) No Duplication; Other Severance Pay. There shall be no duplication of severance pay in any manner. In this regard,
the Executive shall not be entitled to Termination Pay hereunder for more than one position with the Company and its Affiliates. If the Executive is entitled to any notice or payment in lieu of any notice of termination of employment required by
Federal, state or local law, including but not limited to the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the severance compensation to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of any
such payment in lieu of notice. The Executive shall not be entitled to any severance or termination payments 

  
 4 

 
(but excluding retirement and similar benefits) under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement (other than any stock award or stock option agreements) with the Company or any of its
Affiliates. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, the foregoing payments and benefits shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any payments or benefits to which the Executive and his or her dependents may otherwise be entitled
to under the Company’s compensation and employee benefit plans. Subject to subparagraph (a)(iii) of the definition of Good Reason, nothing herein shall be deemed to restrict the right of the Company from amending or terminating any such plan in
a manner generally applicable to similarly situated active employees of the Company and its Affiliates, in which event the Executive shall be entitled to participate on the same basis (including payment of applicable contributions) as similarly
situated active executives of the Company and its Affiliates. 
 (d) Mutual Release. Termination Pay shall be conditioned upon the
execution by the Executive and the Company (or its successor) of a valid mutual release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, pursuant to which the Executive shall release the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by law, from any and
all claims the Executive may have against the Company that relate to or arise out of the employment or termination of employment of the Executive, except such claims arising under this Agreement, any employee benefit plan, or any other written plan
or agreement (a “Release”). The full amount of Termination Pay shall be paid in a lump sum in cash to the Executive within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment if and only if the Executive
has properly executed, delivered to the Company, and not revoked, a Release, provided that if the period within which the Release could become irrevocable overlaps two calendar years, the Termination Pay shall be paid on the earliest date in the
later of such calendar years after which such Release has become irrevocable. In addition, if the Executive shall timely deliver (and shall not have revoked) the Release, the Company shall simultaneously with the payment of Termination Pay
execute a release of all claims it may have against the Executive arising out of the Executive’s employment, other than claims arising after the date of entering into such release. Neither the Release nor the Company’s release shall limit
any obligation either party may have to the other party that arises after the date of such Release or release, including payments due from the Company to Executive under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or Executive’s
post-termination restrictive covenants under this Agreement, any employment agreement or any other agreement with the Company. 
 (e) No
Duty to Mitigate Benefits. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits to be paid by Company pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefits
provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer after termination of employment with Company. 

3. Excise Taxes. 
 (a) If
the Company’s Consulting Firm (defined below) determines that (i) the termination benefits payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement would subject the Executive to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, and (ii) the net amount
that the Executive would realize from such benefits on an after-tax basis (after taking into account all federal, state and local income and other taxes payable by the Executive and the amount of any excise tax payable by the Executive under Section
4999 of the Code) would be greater if the benefits payable hereunder were limited, then the benefits payable hereunder shall be limited such that the Executive’s net payment received on an after-tax basis is $1 less than the amount at which the
payment would be subjected to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. For this purpose, the Executive shall be deemed to be in the highest marginal rate of federal, state, and local taxes. Any reduction in the amount of benefits payable
hereunder shall be debited, in order from the amounts payable under Section 2(a)(ii), then 2(a)(iii), then 2(a)(iv) and then under any equity awards that vested or became payable under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (or any successor
thereto). 

  
 5 

 (b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including any reductions to
Payments required by Section 3(a), and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by such certified public accounting firm in the business of performing such calculations as may be designated by the Company
prior to the date of the Change in Control and reasonably acceptable to the Executive (the “Consulting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive. All fees and expenses of the
Consulting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. For purposes of all present value determinations required to be made under this Section 3, the Company and the Executive elect to use the applicable federal rate that is in effect on the
Effective Date pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1-280G, Q&A-32. 
 4. Certain Covenants by the Executive. 

(a) Protection of Confidential Information. The Executive agrees that he or she will not at any time during or following his or her
employment by the Company, without the Company’s prior written consent except as may be required for Executive to discharge his employment duties to the Company, divulge any Confidential Information to any other person or entity or use any
Confidential Information for his or her own benefit. Upon termination of employment, for any reason whatsoever, regardless of whether either party may be at fault, the Executive will return to the Company all physical Confidential Information in the
Executive’s possession. 
 (b) Nondisclosure of Agreement. The Executive agrees, at all times during his or her employment by
the Company, not to disclose or discuss in any manner (whether to individuals inside or outside the Company), the existence or terms of, this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, except to the extent required by law. 

(c) Nondisparagement. The Executive and the Company agree that, whether or not the Executive remains employed by the Company, neither
the Executive nor the Company will make or authorize any public statement, whether orally or in writing, that disparages the other party hereto with respect to such other party’s business interests or practices; provided, that neither party
shall be restricted in connection with statements made in context of any litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding involving the other party hereto. 

(d) Extent of Restrictions. The Executive acknowledges that that he has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed by this Section
4 and he fully agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 4 correctly set forth the understanding of the parties at the time this Agreement is entered into, are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company,
and that any violation will cause substantial injury to the Company. In the event of any such violation, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to preliminary or permanent injunctive relief. If any court having jurisdiction
shall find that any part of the restrictions set forth in this Agreement are unreasonable in any respect, it is the intent of the parties that the restrictions set forth herein shall not be terminated, but that this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect to the extent (as to time periods and other relevant factors) that the court shall find reasonable. 
 (e) Effect on
Prior Covenants. The provisions of this Section 4 are not intended to override, supersede, reduce, modify or affect in any manner any other agreement between the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates, including any confidentiality,
nondisclosure, noncompetition, or nondisparagement agreement between the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates. Any such covenant or agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The Company will be entitled
to injunctive and other relief to prevent or enjoin any violation of the provisions of this Agreement. 

  
 6 

 (f) Acknowledgement. The Executive acknowledges that (i) this Agreement is executed
for the protection of trade secrets under Ohio law, and is intended to protect the confidential information and trade secrets of the Company, and (ii) he is an executive or management personnel within the meaning of the applicable state law. 

5. Tax Withholding. All payments to the Executive under this Agreement will be subject to the withholding of all applicable employment
and income taxes. 
 6. Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid
or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect. 

7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor of the
Company. The Company will require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be
required to perform if no succession had taken place. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. 

8. Entire Agreement. By executing this Agreement, the Executive agrees that any and all agreements executed between the Company (or any
subsidiary of the Company or any predecessor of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) and the Executive prior to the date hereof regarding benefits resulting from a Change in Control are hereby nullified and cancelled in their entirety, and
this Agreement shall substitute for and fully replace any such prior agreements. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified in any
manner except by a written instrument signed by both the Company and the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement adversely modifies or affects the terms of any written or electronic agreement entered into by the Company
and the Executive setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to any equity-based incentive award granted to the Executive pursuant to any equity plan sponsored or maintained by the Company. 

9. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and
construed consistently with such intent. The payments to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are also intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code to the maximum extent possible, under either the separation pay exemption pursuant to
Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and for this purpose each payment shall constitute a “separately identified” amount within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation §1.409A-2(b)(2). In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject the Executive to taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“409A Penalties”), the Company and the Executive shall cooperate
diligently to amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible; provided that in no event shall the Company be responsible for any 409A Penalties that arise in connection with any amounts payable under this
Agreement. To the extent any amounts under this Agreement are payable by reference to the Executive’s “termination of employment,” such term shall be deemed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service,” within
the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from
service, then to the extent any amount payable to the Executive (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified 

  
 7 

 
deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) is payable upon the Executive’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this Agreement would be
payable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Executive’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the first business day following the six-month anniversary of the separation from service and
(b) the date of the Executive’s death. Any reimbursement or advancement payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise shall be conditioned on the submission by the Executive of all expense reports reasonably required by the
Company under any applicable expense reimbursement policy, and shall be paid to the Executive within 30 days following receipt of such expense reports, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which
the Executive incurred the reimbursable expense. Any amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefit provided, during a calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefit to be
provided, during any other calendar year. The right to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. 

10. Notices. Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt
requested to each of the parties as follows: 
 To the Executive: 

At the most recent address on the payroll records of the Company. 

To the Company: 
 Lancaster
Colony Corporation 
 37 W. Broad St. 

Columbus, Ohio 43215 
 Attn.:
General Counsel (or, if from the General Counsel, the Chief Executive Officer) 
 Tel.: 614-224-7141 

Fax: 614-469-8219 
 11.
Governing Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance of the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by ERISA or other federal laws, as applicable, without reference to the conflicts of laws
provisions thereof. 
 12. Recoupment. Any and all benefits payable hereunder shall be subject to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any other law of similar effect for recovery of incentive-based compensation previously paid, the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and any
clawback, forfeiture, or recoupment policies adopted by the Company thereunder, whether or not such policies are approved before or after the Effective Date. 

13. Disputes. If a dispute arises regarding a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or the
interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, and the Executive obtains a final judgment in the Executive’s favor by a court of competent jurisdiction or the Executive’s claim is settled by the Company prior to the rendering of a
judgment by such a court, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in contesting or disputing any such termination or seeking to obtain or enforce any right, compensation, or benefit provided for in this Agreement, or in
otherwise pursuing the Executive’s claim, shall be paid by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

  
 8 

 14. Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written
agreement executed by the parties hereto. 
 15. Other Agreements. This Agreement does not supersede or affect in any way, nor is it
affected in any way by, any other existing agreement, written or oral, between the Company and the Executive. Further, no future agreement between the Company and the Executive shall supersede or affect this Agreement, nor shall this Agreement
affect such future agreement, unless such future agreement specifically so provides by reference to this Agreement as being superseded and is executed by both the Company and the Executive. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written. 

 

	
	Lancaster Colony Corporation
	
	 /s/ John B. Gerlach, Jr.

	 John B. Gerlach, Jr.
 Chief Executive
Officer

	
	  

	
[                    ]

  
 9 

 EXHIBIT A 

GENERAL RELEASE - MUTUAL 

This General Release (“Release”) is entered into between Lancaster Colony Corporation (the “Company”)
and [                    ] (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”) as follows: 

On                     ,
Executive’s employment with the Company and all affiliates terminated (“Separation Date”). In consideration of the $[        ] severance payment and other benefits required by
Section 2 of the Change in Control Agreement, dated as of [                    ] between the Parties, the Parties agree as follows: 

1. Release of Claims by Executive. Executive, on Executive’s own behalf, and on behalf of Executive’s family members, heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, assigns, attorneys, and other personal representatives of whatever kind, RELEASES, REMISES, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES the Company, its predecessors, successors, and assigns, as well as the past, present,
and future parent, subsidiary, and affiliated companies and divisions of the Company, its predecessors, successors, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Companies”), as well all past, present, and future owners, officers,
directors, shareholders, members, managers, partners, employees, agents, independent contractors, attorneys, insurers, third-party administrators, benefit plans, and any other representative of whatever kind or nature (individually and in their
official capacities) of the Released Companies (all released entities and individuals in this Section 1 are collectively referred to as the “Company Released Parties”) from any action, claim, obligation, damages, cost, or expense
that Executive has or may have had against any of them, whether known or unknown, based upon acts or omissions occurring on or before the moment Executive executes this Release, including but not limited to claims arising directly or indirectly from
Executive’s employment with, or separation of employment from, any of the Released Companies. 
 This Release in Section 1 covers all
possible claims that are waivable by law, including but not limited to all claims that could be asserted in contract, in tort, under any state common law, under federal common law, under any state constitution, under the federal Constitution, or
under any federal statute, state statute, local ordinance, or under any federal, state, or local regulation. This specifically includes, without limitation, claims arising under any Ohio anti-discrimination laws or regulations, as amended;
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended by the Older
Worker Benefit Protection Act of 1990, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act of 2008, as amended; the Family and Medical Leave
Act of 1993, as amended; the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended; the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended; the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended; the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended; the Employee Polygraph Protection Act of 1988, as amended; the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986, as amended; the National Labor Relations
Act of 1935, as amended; the Railway Labor Act of 1926, as amended; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; and the Dodd-Frank 

 
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended. The above provisions of this Section 1 to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive does not release or waive any claim under
this Release (i) which, by law, cannot be released through a Release such as this, such as any challenge by Executive on whether Executive knowingly and voluntarily executed this Release’s waiver of any federal age discrimination claims
consistent with the requirements of federal law, (ii) for indemnification pursuant to any employment agreement, if any, or otherwise, and for coverage as an insured pursuant to any directors and officers liability that insures Executive immediately
prior to the Separation Date, (iii) in his capacity as a stockholder of the Company, (iv) for any accrued and vested benefit under any employee benefit plan in which he is a participant immediately prior to the Separation Date, (v) for enforcement
of this Release or (vi) that are based, in whole or in part, on acts or omissions that occur after Executive executes this Release. 

Nothing in this Section precludes Executive from filing a charge of discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or an
applicable state agency, or from filing a charge or complaint with any other governmental agency. Executive, however, expressly waives and releases any right Executive may have to recover any monetary relief or other relief or damages resulting from
a charge or any action or suit that may be instituted on Executive’s behalf against the Company Released Parties by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, an applicable state agency, or any other governmental agency. Furthermore,
Executive expressly waives and releases any right Executive may have to recover any monetary relief or other relief or damages resulting from any class, collective, or representative action that may be filed on Executive’s behalf. This release
of Executive’s right to monetary relief covers charges, actions, suits, and class, collective, or representative actions to the extent they seek relief for acts or omissions occurring on or before the moment Executive executes this Release.

 2. Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each of the Company Released Parties, and each of the Executive Released Parties (as defined
below in Section 5), are expressly intended to be a third-party beneficiary to this Release. 
 3. Knowing and Voluntary Age Waiver under
Federal Law. The general release contained in Section 1 of this Release waives any claims, known or unknown, that Executive has or may have had against the Company Released Parties for any alleged age discrimination under federal
law. In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Executive is specifically advised that Executive has the following rights in connection with whether
Executive knowingly and voluntarily agrees to waive any alleged federal age discrimination claim and be bound by this Release: 

a. Time to Consider the Release. Executive has twenty-one calendar (21) days in which to consider whether to sign this
Release. Executive may take all twenty-one (21) days to consider, or Executive may take less than twenty-one (21) days to consider, if Executive so chooses (“Consideration Period”). The Parties agree that any changes to this
Release, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the twenty-one (21) day period. 

 b. Consultation with Attorney. Executive is specifically advised by this
writing to consult an attorney of Executive’s choice. Executive is further advised that one of the purposes of this consultation is to ensure that Executive understands all of the terms of this Release and understands the rights Executive is
waiving by signing this Release. 
 c. Ability to Revoke the Release Even After Signing. If, before the expiration of
the twenty-one (21) calendar day period, Executive signs the Release, Executive will have seven (7) calendar days in which to revoke Executive’s signature (the “Revocation Period”). If, after the Revocation Period, Executive
has not revoked Executive’s signature, then the Release becomes effective and the Parties are bound by the Release’s terms (the “Effective Date”). If, prior to the expiration of the Revocation Period, Executive decides to
revoke Executive’s signature, Executive (either Executive or Executive’s attorneys) must send a registered letter or e-mail to: [Insert Contact Person with Contact Information]. To be effective, this notice of revocation must be received
by [Insert Contact Person] before the close of business on the seventh (7th) day after Executive signs this Release. If Executive revokes Executive’s signature, then Executive is not entitled to any of the consideration offered by the Company
to Executive in exchange for this Release. 
 d. Knowing and Voluntary. Executive agrees that by signing this Release,
Executive is acknowledging (a) that Executive fully and completely understands and accepts the terms of this Release including without limitation those contained in this Section 3, (b) that Executive is receiving a valuable benefit to which
Executive is not already entitled, (c) that this Release is written in plain language and in a manner calculated to be understood by Executive; and (d) that Executive enters into the Release freely, voluntarily, and of Executive’s own accord.

 e. No Condition Precedent. Consistent with 29 C.F.R. § 1625.23, nothing in this Release should be interpreted
by Executive as imposing any condition precedent, any penalty, or any other limitation adversely affecting Executive’s right to challenge whether Executive knowingly and voluntarily agreed to waive any alleged federal age discrimination claim
and be bound by this Release. 
 4. Warranties by Executive. Executive makes the following representations and warranties, which
Executive agrees are material terms of this Release, and Executive acknowledges that the Company would not have entered into this Release but for these representations and warranties: 

a. No Pending Disputes. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has no pending charges, claims, suits,
arbitrations, complaints, or grievances against any of the Company Released Parties with any federal, state, local or other governmental agency, or in any court of law, or before any arbitration association, and has not suffered any work-related
injury or illness within two years prior to the effective date of this Release that was not reported to the Company prior to the Separation Date. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that Executive has been fully and properly paid for all

 
hours worked, has received all leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended (FMLA), to which Executive may have been entitled, is not aware of any facts or circumstances
constituting a violation of the FMLA, as amended; a violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended; or a violation of any Ohio wage and hour law. 

b. No Assignment. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not assigned, subrogated, sold, transferred, or
conveyed to anyone any action, claim, obligation, damages, cost, or expense (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) that Executive, or Executive’s family members, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, attorneys, and
other personal representatives has or may have had against any of the Company Released Parties. Employee agrees to indemnify the Company Released Parties for any liability and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such claims brought
against a Released Party. 
 c. No Breach During Consideration and Revocation Periods. Executive represents and
warrants that Executive, during either the Consideration Period or the Revocation Period, has not and will not engage in any conduct that would constitute a breach of this Release (the “Prohibited Conduct”). Executive agrees that if
Executive does engage in any Prohibited Conduct, and the Release nevertheless becomes effective, then every instance of Prohibited Conduct shall constitute a breach of this Release upon the Release becoming effective and the Company shall be
entitled to liquidated damages in the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per instance of Prohibited Conduct. Executive further agrees that, as a result of any Prohibited Conduct, the Company will suffer actual damages in an amount that
would be difficult if not impossible to determine and that the liquidated damages set forth in this Section represent the damages fairly estimated by the Parties to result from any Prohibited Conduct by Executive and do not constitute a
penalty. Furthermore, Executive agrees that the imposition of liquidated damages does not demonstrate or imply that the Company would not suffer irreparable harm due to any Prohibited Conduct and does not render improper the award of injunctive
relief. This Section 4(c) does not apply to any challenge by Executive on whether Executive knowingly and voluntarily executed this Release’s waiver of any federal age discrimination claims consistent with the requirements of federal law.

 5. Release of Claims by the Company. The Company, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Released Companies, RELEASES,
REMISES, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES Executive, and Executive’s family members, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, attorneys, and other personal representatives of whatever kind (all released entities and individuals in this
Section 5 are collectively referred to as the “Executive Released Parties”) from any action, claim, obligation, damages, cost, or expense that the Released Companies have or may have had against any of them, whether known or
unknown, based upon acts or omissions occurring on or before the moment the Company executes this Release, including but not limited to claims arising directly or indirectly from Executive’s employment with, or separation of employment from,
any of the Released Companies. 

 This Release in Section 5 covers all possible claims that are waivable by law, including but not
limited to all claims that could be asserted in contract, in tort, under any state common law, under federal common law, under any state constitution, under the federal Constitution, or under any federal statute, state statute, local ordinance, or
under any federal, state, or local regulation. The above provisions of this Section 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Released Companies do not release or waive any claim under this Release (i) which, by law, cannot be released through a
Release such as this; (ii) for Executive’s misappropriation of trade secrets, or for the commission by one or more of the Executive Released Parties of any act or omission arising out of or relating to unfair competition against the Released
Companies; (iii) for any claim against any of the Executive Released Parties arising out of or relating to the intellectual property of the Company; (iv) for enforcement of this Release; or (v) that are based, in whole or in part, on acts or
omissions that occur after the Company executes this Release. 
 6. Warranties by the Company. The Company makes the following
representations and warranties, which the Company agrees are material terms of this Release, and the Company acknowledges that Executive would not have entered into this Release but for these representations and warranties: 

a. No Pending Disputes. The Company represents and warrants that the Released Companies have no pending charges,
claims, suits, arbitrations, complaints, or grievances against any of the Executive Released Parties with any federal, state, local or other governmental agency, or in any court of law, or before any arbitration association. 

b. No Assignment. The Company represents and warrants that the Released Companies have not assigned, subrogated, sold,
transferred, or conveyed to anyone any action, claim, obligation, damages, cost, or expense (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) that the Released Companies have or may have had against any of the Executive Released Parties. The
Company agrees to indemnify the Executive Released Parties for any liability and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such claims brought against any of the Executive Released Parties. 

7. Confidentiality. To the extent not required to be disclosed by law or applicable regulation by the Company or Executive, the
existence of this Release, its terms, and its negotiation shall remain strictly confidential and shall not be disclosed in any manner by Executive to any third party other than Executive’s attorney, tax advisor, or spouse, provided any such
person is made aware of and agrees to the terms of this Section. However, this Release may be used as evidence in any proceeding in which one of the Parties alleges a breach of this Release, seeks a declaratory judgment on the obligations contained
in this Release, or asserts claims inconsistent with the terms of this Release. 
 8. No Admission of Liability. The Parties
agree that nothing contained in this Release, and no actions undertaken by the Parties with respect to this Release, shall ever be treated as, or claimed or construed to be, an admission by any of the Parties of any fault, wrongdoing, liability,
injury, or damages by them. 

 9. Breach. If any of the Company Released Parties are, in their sole and absolute
judgment, compelled to bring a cause of action against Executive to enforce or remedy any breach, attempted breach, or threatened breach of this Release, then Executive agrees to reimburse the affected Company Released Parties for their reasonable
attorneys’ fees and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, successful prosecution (whether by court order, verdict, or otherwise), or settlement of such cause of action in addition to any damages or other legal
or equitable remedies obtained by the affected Company Released Parties. However, consistent with the requirements of federal law, the affected Company Released Parties shall not be entitled to recover damages, costs, or attorneys’ fees, or
impose any other penalty against Executive under this Release, based upon any challenge by Executive of whether Executive knowingly and voluntarily consented to the federal age discrimination waiver in this Release. 

10. No Waiver. Any non-enforcement, or delay in enforcement, of any provision of this Release by the Company will not operate or
be construed as a waiver of the Company’s right to strictly enforce this Release to its fullest extent in the future. Furthermore, the provisions of this Release may not be waived except in a written document signed by both Executive and a
duly-authorized officer of the Company with actual authority to execute such a document. 
 11. Choice of Law and
Venue. This Release shall, in all respects, be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio without regard to the principles of the conflicts of law. Any action or suit for breach, attempted breach,
or threatened breach of this Release, or any action for a declaratory judgment on the obligations contained in this Release, shall be brought in the state or federal courts located in Franklin County, Ohio. Executive expressly consents to this
exclusive venue and expressly concedes that these courts shall have personal jurisdiction over Executive. 
 12. Entire
Agreement. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Release and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties, whether written or oral, except
that this Release does not supersede [Insert Any Non-Compete or Other Agreements that Will Remain in Effect]. 
 13.
Assignment. The Company shall have the right to assign this Release to any successors or assigns, including through operation of law, and all covenants, terms and conditions shall transfer to and be enforceable by those successors or
assigns. Executive may not assign this Release. 
 14. Amendment. This Release may not modified or amended in any way
except in a writing signed by both Executive and a duly-authorized executive of the Company with actual authority to execute such a document. 

15. Severability. If any provision of this Release is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void, or
otherwise unenforceable, then the remaining provisions of this Release will remain in effect and shall be fully enforced. 

 16. Counterparts. This Release may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A faxed or e-mailed copy of a Party’s signature shall constitute an original signature. 

BY SIGNING BELOW, EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EMPLOYEE HAS READ, CAREFULLY CONSIDERED, AND KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ALL TERMS
CONTAINED IN THIS RELEASE. 
  

					
	THE COMPANY:	 		 	EXECUTIVE:
			
	LANCASTER COLONY CORPORATION	 		 	[                                     
                       ]
			
	  
 Signature
	 		 	  
 Signature

			
	  
 Printed Name
	 		 	  
 Printed Name

			
	  
 Title
	 		 	  
 Date

			
	  
 DateEX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
  

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE 
 Dated as
of April 19, 2016 
 Among 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED 
 THE
GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO 
 and 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee 
 8.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE
2024 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.06;12.02; 12.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	1.05; 2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Other Definitions.
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Rules of Construction.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 1.05
	 	 Acts of Holders.
	  	 	38	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	40	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Form and Dating; Terms.
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	 Holder Lists.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	 Replacement Notes.
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	 Treasury Notes.
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Temporary Notes.
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Cancellation.
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	46	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
	  	 	46	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Optional Redemption.
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Special Mandatory Redemption.
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.10
	 	 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	 	50	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	52	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Notes.
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Taxes.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	 Corporate Existence.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Reports and Other Information.
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
	  	 	56	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Limitation on Indebtedness.
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Limitation on Liens.
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Future Guarantors.
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	 Asset Dispositions.
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	 Effectiveness of Covenants.
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	 Use of Proceeds Prior to the Closing of the Acquisition.
	  	 	78	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	78	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Successor Entity Substituted
	  	 	80	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	 Events of Default.
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.12
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 6.13
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 6.14
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	87	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	87	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.
	  	 	92	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	92	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	92	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to the Company
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	95	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	95	  
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 9.07
	 	 Payment for Consent
	  	 	99	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
	  	 	99	  
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Guarantee.
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 10.05
	 	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	102	  
	 Section 10.06
	 	 Release of Note Guarantees
	  	 	102	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	103	  
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	104	  
		
	 ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Notices.
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 12.03
	 	 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.04
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.05
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.06
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.07
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and
Shareholders.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.08
	 	 Governing Law.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.09
	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.10
	 	 Force Majeure.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.11
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.12
	 	 Successors.
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.13
	 	 Severability.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.14
	 	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.15
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.16
	 	 Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.17
	 	 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.18
	 	 Payments Due on Non-Business Days.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.19
	 	 Qualification of Indenture.
	  	 	108	  

  
 -iii- 

			
	 Appendix A
	 	 Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes

		
	 Exhibit A
	 	 Form of Note

	 Exhibit B
	 	 Form of Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of Representation

	 Exhibit C
	 	 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  
 -iv- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of April 19, 2016, among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation
(the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of and issue of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes due 2024
(the “Initial Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

 NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  

	Section 1.01	Definitions. 

 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or
(3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clauses (2) and
(3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets. 
 “Acquisition” means the
initial acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a number of shares in Wincor Nixdorf which represent (after taking into account any treasury shares held by Wincor Nixdorf subject to the Non-Tender Agreement) at least 75%
of the voting rights in Wincor Nixdorf via a tender offer completed pursuant to the Acquisition Documentation. 
 “Acquisition
Closing Date” means the date of the consummation of the Acquisition. 
 “Acquisition Documentation” means,
collectively, the Offer Documentation and the Business Combination Agreement. 
 “Acquisition Termination Event” means
(1) the Business Combination Agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, (2) the regulatory condition to the Offer is not satisfied or waived on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on November 21,
2016 or (3) the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that the Acquisition will not occur. 

“Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (excluding working capital or current assets) to be used by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business; 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such
time is a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted
Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Similar Business. 
 “Additional Interest” means the interest payable as a
consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued
from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 4.09, whether or not they bear the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and
“under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption thereof, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on
April 15, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(d)), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through April 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such
date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary
course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of
shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction; 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions: 

 

	 	(1)	a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity), including any such disposition by means of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction, merger, consolidation or similar transaction; 

  
 -2- 

	 	(2)	the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or in connection with cash management activities; 

 

	 	(3)	a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(4)	dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus assets, in each in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(5)	the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

  

	 	(6)	an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); 

 

	 	(7)	for purposes of Section 4.16 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding any securities, notes or other obligations that are subsequently converted into cash)) or a disposition subject to Section 4.08; 

 

	 	(8)	sales or transfers of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to or by a Receivables Entity;

  

	 	(9)	sales or transfers of accounts or lease receivables and related assets or an interest therein (i) pursuant to a Permitted Factoring Transaction in the ordinary course of business or (ii) arising under an
Integrated Service Contract or otherwise in connection with the incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt; 

  

	 	(10)	dispositions of assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million; 

 

	 	(11)	the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

  

	 	(12)	discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the
ordinary course of business and at the request of the account debtor thereon to facilitate the processing and payment thereof, in each case exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

 

	 	(13)	the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09; 

  

	 	(14)	(i) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the abandonment or
allowance to lapse of intellectual property which, in the case of this clause (ii), in the good faith determination of the Company is not material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

 

	 	(15)	foreclosure on assets; 

  
 -3- 

	 	(16)	dispositions resulting from (i) any taking or condemnation of any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by any governmental authority or (ii) any casualty; 

 

	 	(17)	any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(18)	sales and exchanges of assets in connection with the concurrent purchase of assets useful in a Similar Business to the extent that the assets received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are of equivalent or
greater Fair Market Value than the assets transferred; 

  

	 	(19)	dispositions of real property in connection with any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; 

  

	 	(20)	any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of any contract, tort or other litigation claims; 

 

	 	(21)	dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days,
(ii) such assets are exchanged within 180 days for machinery, equipment or other fixed assets having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the assets being traded in or (iii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the
purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days; 

  

	 	(22)	the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; 

  

	 	(23)	dispositions of Common Stock of the Company held by any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any acquisition made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(24)	sales and/or transfers of joint venture equity interests and assets to facilitate the China Joint Venture; and 

  

	 	(25)	sales and/or transfers of joint venture equity interests and assets to facilitate the Wincor Joint Venture. 

“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present
value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such
lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in
accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.” 
 “Average Life” means, as of the
date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
  

	 	(1)	the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock by
(b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment; by 

  

	 	(2)	the sum of the amounts of all such payments. 

  
 -4- 

 “BaFin” means the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of
debtors. 
 “beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning. 

“Bi-lateral LC/WC Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and a
financial institution providing for foreign and/or domestic revolving credit facilities and/or the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees and/or similar obligations, which agreement has been designated in writing as a Bi-lateral LC/WC
Agreement pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee setting forth the maximum principal amount available or permitted to be Incurred under such agreement. The Company may rescind such designation or decrease or increase the
maximum principal amount available or permitted to be Incurred under any such agreement pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee. On and after the Acquisition Closing Date, Liens on the collateral in respect of the Senior
Credit Facility securing obligations in respect of any Bi-lateral LC/WC Agreements shall be required to be secured pursuant to clauses (35) and/or (36) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.” Prior to the Acquisition
Closing Date, Indebtedness Incurred under Bi-lateral LC/WC Agreements shall be required to be outstanding pursuant to clause (22) of Section 4.09. 

“Board of Directors” means: 
  

	 	(1)	with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors; 

 

	 	(2)	with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and 

  

	 	(3)	with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2015, between the
Company and Wincor Nixdorf, as described, in all material respects, in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Business Day” means
each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or North Canton, Ohio are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or
other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable
into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted
for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 

  
 -5- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

 

	 	(1)	U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such other local
currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(2)	securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged
in support thereof); 

  

	 	(3)	marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof or issued by any foreign government or any political
subdivision or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating; 

  

	 	(4)	certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances issued by any commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, in
the case of U.S. banks, and $100.0 million, in the case of non-U.S. banks; 

  

	 	(5)	repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (4) above; 

  

	 	(6)	bonds with an Investment Grade Rating and Preferred Stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating, including municipal bonds, corporate bonds and treasury bonds; 

 

	 	(7)	(i) commercial paper issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above or by the parent company of any such bank, (ii) commercial paper with a short-term commercial paper rating
of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a
nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and (iii) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having the equivalent of an Investment Grade Rating;

  

	 	(8)	interests in any money market fund substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above; 

 

	 	(9)	other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to the instruments specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and 

 

	 	(10)	in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have the ratings described in such
clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies. 

 “Cash Management Agreement” means
any agreement providing cash management services for collections, treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services),
any demand deposit, payroll, trust or operating account relationships, commercial credit cards, merchant card, purchase or debit cards, non-card e-payables services, and other cash management services,

  
 -6- 

 
including electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services that is in effect on the Issue Date or thereafter and is by and among the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and a Cash Management Bank. 
 “Cash Management Bank” means the administrative agent
and any lender under the Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate thereof that is a party to a Cash Management Agreement with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, with respect to any Cash Management Agreement entered into prior to
the Issue Date, any Person that was the administrative agent, a lender under the Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate thereof at the time it entered into a Cash Management Agreement with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Change of Control” means: 
  

	 	(1)	any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or
group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect
parent entities (or their successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); or 

  

	 	(2)	the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company or the merger of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the holders of
a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the
aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; or 

  

	 	(3)	the first day on which a majority of the members of the full Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or 

 

	 	(4)	the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or 

 

	 	(5)	the adoption by the shareholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 

“China Joint Venture” means the Company’s joint venture with Inspur Group, Inspur Financial Technology Service Co.,
Ltd. (including any successor entity thereto). 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Commodity Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any commodity future or forward, swap or option, cap or collar or
other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary. 

  
 -7- 

 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests
or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such
common stock. 
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor
to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of
any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination
for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that: 

 

	 	(1)	if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

  

	 	(a)	has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes
an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day
of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

  

	 	(b)	has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving
rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related
commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness,
as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

  

	 	(2)	if since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment,
business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction: 

 

	 	(a)	the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for
such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and 

  

	 	(b)	 Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest
Expense directly attributable to any 

  
 -8- 

	 	
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced)
with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly
attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 

 

	 	(3)	if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is
merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or
substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 

  

	 	(4)	if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have
Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations (and, for the
avoidance of doubt, all other calculations to be made pursuant to this definition) shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Without duplication of clauses (h), (i) and (j) of the
definition of “Consolidated EBITDA,” any such calculation shall give effect to the Synergies, Costs of Synergies and other non-recurring costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses that have been incurred or realized or are reasonably
anticipated to be incurred or realized in good faith subject, in any calculation of pro forma Consolidated EBITDA, to the applicable limitations on such Synergies, Costs of Synergies and other non-recurring costs, charges, accruals, reserves
or expenses set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.” 
 If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given
pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement
applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate
shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company. In making any pro forma calculation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of determination (other than any Indebtedness
Incurred under such facility in connection with the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio) will be deemed to be: 
  

	 	(i)	the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding; or 

  
 -9- 

	 	(ii)	if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such determination.

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of
such Person for such period: 
  

	 	(1)	increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 

  

	 	(a)	Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 

  

	 	(b)	Consolidated Income Taxes; plus 

  

	 	(c)	consolidated depreciation and amortization expense; plus 

  

	 	(d)	goodwill, long-lived assets and other impairment charges; plus 

  

	 	(e)	other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid
cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment); plus 

  

	 	(f)	(i) fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any taxes paid in connection therewith and retention payments in respect of Wincor Nixdorf) incurred in connection with the Acquisition or Future
Acquisitions, (ii) any fees, costs, expenses or charges relating to (x) the exercise of options and (y) stock issued by Wincor Nixdorf or the target of a Future Acquisition, (iii) any fees, costs, expenses or charges related to
any equity offering, Future Acquisition, Asset Disposition or other Investment permitted under this Indenture, recapitalization or incurrence or amendments of Indebtedness permitted to be made under this Indenture (whether or not successful) and
(iv) any fees, costs, expenses or charges incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or
shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company; plus 

 

	 	(g)	any fees, expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions or insurance in connection with any Future Acquisition, Asset Disposition, Investment, sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such
amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days); plus

  
 -10- 

	 	(h)	synergies and cost savings of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries related to operational changes, restructuring, reorganizations, operating expense reductions, operating improvements and similar restructuring
initiatives (“Synergies”) and costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable or related to such Synergies (“Costs of Synergies”), in each case relating to
the Acquisition (it being understood any such increases pursuant to this clause (h) shall only be available subject to the consummation of the Acquisition and not in contemplation thereof), in each case, that are set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate and that are factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Company, as certified in the applicable certificate) and, in the case of Synergies, are reasonably anticipated by the Company in good faith to result from actions
taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken, or in the case of Costs of Synergies, such costs or expenses are incurred, in each case within 24 months following the consummation of the Acquisition
(calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” and net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions to the extent already included in
Consolidated Net Income for such period); provided that the aggregate amount of Synergies added back in reliance on this clause (h) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed $160.0 million; plus 

 

	 	(i)	Synergies and Costs of Synergies, in each case relating to any Future Acquisition, any Asset Disposition by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business or any initiatives relating
to restructuring, reorganization, operating expense reductions, operating improvements and similar restructuring initiatives enacted after the date hereof (it being understood any such increases pursuant to this clause (i) related to a Future
Acquisition or Asset Disposition shall only be available subject to the consummation of the Future Acquisition or Asset Disposition and not in contemplation thereof), in each case, that are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate and that are
factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Company, as certified in the applicable certificate) and, in the case of Synergies, are reasonably anticipated by the Company in good faith to result from actions taken or with respect to
which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken within 18 months following the consummation of the Future Acquisition or Asset Disposition or the decision to implement such restructuring initiative (calculated on a pro
forma basis in a manner consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” and net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions to the extent already included in consolidated net income
for such period); provided that the aggregate amount added back in reliance on this clause (i) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four-fiscal quarter period (calculated before giving
effect to any add-backs and adjustments in this clause (i) and in clauses (h) above and (j) below); plus 

  

	 	(j)	 non-recurring costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses attributable or related to operational changes,
restructuring, reorganizations, operating expense reductions, operating improvements and similar restructuring initiatives incurred by Wincor Nixdorf and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to March 31, 2016 that are set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate and are factually supportable (in the good 

  
 -11- 

	 	
faith determination of the Company, as certified in the applicable certificate), it being understood any such increases pursuant to this clause (j) shall only be available subject to the
consummation of the Acquisition and not in contemplation thereof; provided that the aggregate amount added back in reliance on this clause (j) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed €80.0 million; and 

 

	 	(2)	decreased (without duplication) by non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such items which represent the recognition of deferred revenue, the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for,
anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, and any such items for which cash was received in a prior period that did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period) and if Consolidated Income Taxes is a
benefit, by the amount of such benefit. 

 “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries or other payments required to be made by such Person or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries to any governmental authority, which taxes or other
payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period),
including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total interest expense of such Person
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense (without duplication): 

 

	 	(1)	interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if
such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP, and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations; 

  

	 	(2)	amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance costs (other than debt issuance costs and other
capitalized fees and expenses that are Incurred in connection with the Transactions); provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such
amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense; 

  

	 	(3)	non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash interest income or expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be
excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense; 

  

	 	(4)	commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; 

  

	 	(5)	the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  
 -12- 

	 	(6)	the net costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) related to Indebtedness; 

  

	 	(7)	interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; 

  

	 	(8)	the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock or on Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax
rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and 

  

	 	(9)	Receivables Fees; 

 provided, however, that any interest expense attributable to Integrated
Service Contract Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (18) of Section 4.09 shall not be included in Consolidated Interest Expense. 
 For
purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts
classified as other comprehensive income on the balance sheet of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without duplication of clause (9) and subject to the proviso above, commissions, discounts, yield and other
fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be
included in Consolidated Interest Expense 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis: 

 

	 	(1)	any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that: 

 

	 	(a)	subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (9) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to
the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and 

  

	 	(b)	the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded
with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(2)	 any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary
is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been obtained or waived), directly

  
 -13- 

	 	
or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that: 

 

	 	(a)	subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (9) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted
Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and 

  

	 	(b)	the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 

 

	 	(3)	any gain or loss (excluding all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business;

  

	 	(4)	any non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, including any such charge or expense Incurred in connection with any merger, consolidation or
acquisition; 

  

	 	(5)	any income or loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments; 

 

	 	(6)	any extraordinary gain or loss; 

  

	 	(7)	any net after-tax effect of gains or losses attributable to disposed or discontinued operations; 

  

	 	(8)	any net income or loss included in the consolidated statement of operations with respect to noncontrolling interests; and 

  

	 	(9)	the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles. 

 “Continuing
Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other
address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company. 
 “Currency Agreement” means, with
respect to any Person, any foreign exchange future or forward, swap or option, cap or collar or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

  
 -14- 

 “Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities (including, without
limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to
special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or
agents, other lenders or trustee and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture). 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default. 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend
if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in
Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the
amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Noncash Consideration. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 
  

	 	(1)	matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 

  

	 	(2)	is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being
understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or 

  

	 	(3)	is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 

 in each
case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition (each defined in a

  
 -15- 

 
substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which
it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is
convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with Section 4.15 and Section 4.16 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.08. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, (A) if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers or consultants or by any such plan to such directors, officers, employees, members of
management, managers or consultants, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
issuer thereof in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations, and (B) no Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, member of management or consultant (or their respective
Affiliates or immediate family members) of the Company (or any Subsidiary) shall be considered Disqualified Stock because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option, stock
appreciation right or other stock award agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, shareholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time. 

“Disregarded Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which
consist of equity interests of Foreign Subsidiaries. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary
other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “Domination Agreement” means a domination agreement (Beherrschungvertrag) within the
meaning of Sec 291(1) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) among the Company (or any of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries), Wincor Nixdorf and the other parties thereto. 

“Domination Agreement Effective Date” means the initial date on which the Domination Agreement is effective. 

“EMU” means the European Economic and Monetary Union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single
European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998. 
 “EMU Legislation” means the
legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union. 

“Equity Offering” means an offering for cash by the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect
to its Common Stock, other than (1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (3) any offering of Common Stock
issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control. 
 “Euro” means the single currency unit of
the member states of the European Union that have the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the EMU Legislation. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 

  
 -16- 

 “Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Factoring Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to any other Person any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any assets related thereto, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets that are customarily transferred, in connection with
receivables factoring arrangements. 
 “Factoring Transaction Amount” means the amount of obligations outstanding under
the legal documents entered into as part of such Factoring Transaction on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such Factoring Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase.

 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as
determined by the Company in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities). 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means (A) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary and
(ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary and (B) any Disregarded Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Future Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of the
Issue Date (other than the Acquisition) by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, business line or division thereof, whether through
purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of any Person.

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue Date, including
those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements
by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. Unless otherwise specified, all ratios and computations, contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the
Company is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture.

 “Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also 

  
 -17- 

 
include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of
principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from
the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such
depositary receipt. 
 “Guarantee” means (1) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and (2) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by
virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(b) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date
(and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee after the Issue Date); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted
Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any
Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee. 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency
Agreement or Commodity Agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s
books. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that, together with
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, accounts for not more than (1) 5.0% of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on
a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available or (2) 5.0% of the total revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending on such balance sheet date; provided that the aggregate total assets or revenues for all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall not at any time exceed 10.0% of the total assets or revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

  
 -18- 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination
(without duplication): 
 (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments; 
 (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are
secured by cash or Cash Equivalents), bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (excluding reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables, unless such
obligation remains unsatisfied for more than five Business Days); 
 (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay
the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn-out obligations), which purchase price is due more than three months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such
balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (b) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance
sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person
(whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP); 
 (6) the greater of the maximum
mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other
repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such
Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
 (8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person
(whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP); 
 (9) to the extent not otherwise
included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Obligation that would be
payable by such Person at such time); and 
 (10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, (a) the Receivables
Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (b) the Factoring Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Factoring Transaction and (c) any Integrated Service Contract Debt. 

  
 -19- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any
Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness;” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the
case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock,
dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company outstanding as of any date
shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

 For purposes of clause (6) above, the “maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as applicable, that does not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, as applicable, were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in
Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Integrated Service Contract” means a contract pursuant to which the Company and/or a Subsidiary provides both equipment and
services to a customer. 
 “Integrated Service Contract Debt” means Indebtedness Incurred in connection with and for the
primary purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment subject to or anticipated to become subject to an Integrated Service Contract. 

“interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and Additional Interest, if any. 

“Interest Payment Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to the stated maturity of the Notes. 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate future or forward, swap or option, cap or
collar or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 
 “Investment” means,
with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding
(i) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit and/or accrued expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices and (ii) any debt or extension of credit
represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any 

  
 -20- 

 
transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other
similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment: 

(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture; 

(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such
consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company; 
 (4) the acquisition of property and other assets from suppliers and other vendors
in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (5) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits in the
ordinary course of business. 
 For purposes of Section 4.08 and Section 4.13: 

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is
to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s aggregate
“Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the
time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and 
 (3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or
otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the
date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook. 

“Issue Date” means April 19, 2016. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge,
security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any 

  
 -21- 

 
option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business 
 “Net Available Cash” from an
Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any
securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received (including after release from any required escrow), but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness
or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all
federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or reasonably expected to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions that are available or reasonably expected to be
available and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is
secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out
of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to noncontrolling interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; 
 (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided
by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; 

(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets subject to such Asset Disposition at the time
of, or within 30 days after, such Asset Disposition; and 
 (6) with respect to any Asset Disposition involving a disposition of assets of
a Foreign Subsidiary and solely to the extent the proceeds have not been applied to reduce Indebtedness, make capital expenditures or investments in Additional Assets in accordance with Section 4.16, the Net Available Cash attributable to such
assets of such Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the repatriation of such Net Available Cash to the Company or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (i) is prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable laws, rules or regulations or
(ii) could reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome or eliminate any such restrictions
and/or minimize any costs to comply with Section 4.16. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of
Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees
and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements). 

  
 -22- 

 “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including
any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); and 

(2) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, except
that Standard Securitization Undertakings and Standard Factoring Undertakings shall not be considered recourse. 
 “Non-Tender
Agreement” means the Non-Tender Agreement, executed in December 2015, among the Company, Wincor Nixdorf and Wincor Nixdorf Facility GmbH. 

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes and the Company’s other Obligations under
this Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For
all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Exchange Notes that may be issued under this Indenture or a supplemental indenture, any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and
Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes. 
 “Obligations” means any principal,
interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim
under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other
liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offer” means the public offer by the Company for Wincor Nixdorf Shares in connection with the Acquisition. 

“Offer Document” means the tender offer document (Angebotsunterlage) (including all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other
attachments thereto) published by the Company in connection with the Acquisition. 
 “Offer Documentation” means
(i) the Offer Document and (ii) and all other related documents made available by the Company to BaFin in respect to the acquisition of the Wincor Nixdorf Shares. 

“Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer. 

  
 -23- 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated April 5, 2016
related to the offer and sale of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or, if the Company is a partnership or a limited liability company
that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may
be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right
of payment to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantees, in the case of any Guarantor (in each case, without giving effect to collateral arrangements). 

“Permitted Factoring Transaction” means any Factoring Transaction that may be entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a non-recourse basis (except for Standard Factoring Undertakings), which is not entered into in connection with or as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction and does not constitute Integrated Service Contract Debt.

 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 

(1) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); 

(2) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person if as a result of such Investment: 

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers
or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case,
any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 

(3) cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(4) Investments in exchange for consideration consisting only of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Net Cash
Proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however, that the issuance of such Capital Stock or such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from clause (C)(ii) of Section 4.08(a); 

(5) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -24- 

 (6) payroll, commission, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are reasonably
expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 

(7) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) in the ordinary course of
business or (ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million to fund the purchase of Capital Stock of the Company by such persons; 

(8) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(a) as part of the settlement of litigation or arbitration; 

(b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 

(c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment
or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (9) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) Investments made as a result of the receipt
of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition; 

(11) Investments in existence on the Issue Date or, in the case of any Purchased Entity, on the Domination Agreement Effective Date, or made
pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Issue Date or, in the case of any Purchased Entity, on the Domination Agreement Effective Date, or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or replacement of any such Investment or
binding commitment existing on the Issue Date or, in the case of any Purchased Entity, on the Domination Agreement Effective Date, but, in each case only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments or other
increases thereof; 
 (12) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which
transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09; 
 (13) Guarantees issued in accordance with
Section 4.09; 
 (14) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or
similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; 

(15) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other
Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction (provided, however, that any Investment in any such Person is in the form of a Purchase Money Note), or any equity interest or interests in Receivables and
related assets generated by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or any such Person owning such Receivables; 

  
 -25- 

 (16) Investments consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual
property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 
 (17) any Investment consisting of cash deposits (including
escrowed deposits) pursuant to binding commitments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in effect with respect to (i) refinancings of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Indenture and (ii) Future Acquisitions permitted
under this Indenture and not yet consummated; 
 (18) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility,
workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; 
 (19) to
the extent constituting Investments, transactions to facilitate the China Joint Venture in an aggregate amount at the time of each such Investment not to exceed $100.0 million; 

(20) to the extent constituting Investments, transactions to facilitate the Wincor Joint Venture in an aggregate amount at the time of each
such Investment not to exceed $100.0 million; and 
 (21) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with
all other Investments pursuant to this clause (21), in an aggregate amount at the time of each such Investment not to exceed the greater of (i) $350.0 million and (ii) 10.0% of Total Tangible Assets outstanding at any one time (with the
Fair Market Value of each such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b), related Hedging
Obligations and related banking services or cash management obligations and Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of such Indebtedness and such other obligations of the Company; 

(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s
and other like Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or
levies that are not yet overdue for more than 45 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations
(including standby letters of credit and completion guarantees) issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not
constitute Indebtedness; 

  
 -26- 

 (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations (including reservations in any
original grant from any government of any water or mineral rights or interests therein) of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes
or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its
properties that do not secure any monetary obligations and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes); 

(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights)
that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default or that secure appeal or surety bonds related to such judgments; 

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this
Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and 
 (b) such Liens
are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or
appurtenant thereto; 
 (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens,
rights of set-off, revocation, refund, chargeback or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that: 

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the
Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit
account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; 
 (12) rights of
set-off, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions (i) in relation to the establishment, maintenance or administration of deposit
accounts, securities accounts or arrangements relating to a Cash Management Agreement or (ii) in relation to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -27- 

 (13) Liens in favor of financial institutions against cash pooling arrangements or bank account
deposits in foreign bank accounts at such financial institution granted in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard business practices in such foreign jurisdiction; provided that any such deposit account is not a dedicated
cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens in
favor of a commodity, brokerage or security intermediary who holds a commodity, brokerage or, as applicable, a security account on behalf of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary provided such Lien encumbers only the related account and the
property held therein and relates to the security for the activities associated with such account; 
 (15) Liens arising from Uniform
Commercial Code (or similar law of any foreign jurisdiction) financing statement filings or similar public filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdiction regarding leases and consignment or bailee arrangements in the ordinary course of
business and Liens securing liabilities in respect of indemnification obligations thereunder as long as each such Lien only encumbers the assets that are the subject of the related lease (or contained in such leasehold) or consignment or bailee, and
other precautionary statements, filings or agreements; 
 (16) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause
(1)); 
 (17) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to
any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (18) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(19) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(20) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships
and the like permitted to be made under this Indenture; 
 (21) Liens arising out of any conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
other similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Receivables Entity); 
 (23) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

  
 -28- 

 (24) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend,
extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (16), (17), (18) and (30) and this clause (24) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or
part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being
refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; 
 (25) any interest or title of a lessor
under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 
 (26) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(27) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (28) Liens on assets transferred to a Receivables Entity or on assets of a
Receivables Entity, in either case Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (29) Liens arising out of or related
to the rights of buyers of accounts receivable under any Permitted Factoring or Integrated Service Contract or otherwise in connection with the Incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt permitted under this Indenture; 

(30) Liens on property and assets of Wincor Nixdorf and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to survive the completion of the Acquisition or
be Incurred thereafter and prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date under the terms of the Acquisition Documentation; 
 (31) Liens
on assets and property of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness and other obligations of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; 
 (32)
Liens on the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness and other obligations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (33)
Liens on deposits and other amounts held in escrow to secure contractual payments (contingent or otherwise) payable by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to a seller after the consummation of a Future Acquisition; 

(34) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (35) Liens on the collateral in respect of the Senior Credit Facility securing obligations in respect of any
Bi-Lateral LC/WC Agreement permitted to be Incurred under clause (22) of Section 4.09(b); 
 (36) Liens securing Indebtedness in
an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greater of (a) $200.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Total Tangible Assets (with Total Tangible Assets being measured at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 
 (37) Liens securing Indebtedness; provided that at the time of
Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, the Secured Leverage Ratio (calculated assuming all commitments relating to any revolving credit facility have been
fully drawn) of the Company would not exceed 2.5 to 1.0. 

  
 -29- 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Pounds Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom. 

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distributions of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital of any other class of such corporation. 

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables
(and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which deferred purchase price or line is
repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and
amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables. 
 “Purchased
Entities” means Wincor Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction
or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in
the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in
the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any assets related thereto, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets that are
customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with an asset securitization involving Receivables. 

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on
the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s
or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the
performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall
include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New
York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined. 
 “Receivables Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (or
another Person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in

  
 -30- 

 
connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity: 

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which: 

(a) is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest
on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or 
 (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 

(2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except
in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of
the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and 
 (3) to which
neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Receivables Fees” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction, Factoring Transaction, Integrated Service Contract or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with
a Qualified Receivables Transaction, Factoring Transaction, Integrated Service Contract or other similar arrangement, regardless of whether any such transaction is structured as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted
Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Receivables Transaction Amount” means the amount of obligations outstanding
under the legal documents entered into as part of such Qualified Receivables Transaction on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such Qualified Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction
rather than as a purchase. 
 “Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable
Interest Payment Date means the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or
extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) 

  
 -31- 

 
(collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date
or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses (including fees and expenses relating to the Incurrence
of such Refinancing Indebtedness) in connection with any such refinancing) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 

(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 
 (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at
the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional
Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or tender premiums, defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection with any such refinancing); 

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 

(5) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a
Guarantor. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date
by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as
such agreements may be amended from time to time. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee,
any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor to its rating agency business. 

  
 -32- 

 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Secured Indebtedness (other than
(a) Indebtedness consisting of money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against the cash value of life insurance policies owned by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) Integrated Service Contract Debt up to an
aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million, (c) Indebtedness described in clauses (15) and (19) of Section 4.09(b) and (d) the Receivables Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction and the Factoring Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Permitted Factoring Transaction) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available (the “balance sheet date”) to (2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the balance sheet date. The Secured Leverage Ratio shall be adjusted on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” (including for
acquisitions). 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2015, among
the Company, the guarantors parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or
in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder). 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the
Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Similar Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries or by Wincor Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the
business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or by Wincor Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company. 

“Standard Factoring Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in non-recourse Factoring Transactions. 

  
 -33- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in Qualified Receivables Transactions. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating
to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase
any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Obligation” means any
Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to its terms. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and
voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Total Net Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the total Indebtedness (other than (a) Indebtedness
consisting of money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against the cash value of life insurance policies owned by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) Integrated Service Contract Debt up to an aggregate amount
outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million, (c) Indebtedness described in clauses (15) and (19) of Section 4.09(b) and (d) the Receivables Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Qualified Receivables
Transaction and the Factoring Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Permitted Factoring Transaction) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting all Unencumbered Cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company. 

“Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Total Net Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available (the “balance sheet date”) to
(2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such balance sheet date. The Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be adjusted on a pro forma
basis in a manner consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” (including for acquisitions). 
 “Total
Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting all intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined
in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma adjustments contained in the definition of Consolidated
Coverage Ratio. 
 “Transactions” means the Acquisition (and subsequent acquisitions of any Wincor Nixdorf Shares by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), the borrowings under the Senior Credit 

  
 -34- 

 
Facility, the issuance of the Notes, the refinancing of Indebtedness of the Company, Wincor Nixdorf and their respective Subsidiaries and the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company in
connection therewith and, in each case, the use of the proceeds thereof and the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted
Notes Legend. 
 “Treasury Rate” means as of any date of redemption of Notes the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption
date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2019; provided, however, that if the period
from the redemption date to April 15, 2019 is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually
traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a
successor, if any, replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unencumbered Cash” means, as of any date of determination, all cash and Cash Equivalents with maturities of less than one
year owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not disclosed as restricted cash or restricted Cash Equivalents in the Company’s financial statements as of such date; provided that (i) cash or Cash Equivalents drawn under the
Senior Credit Facility and held in escrow for the purpose of funding the Transactions shall not be disqualified from being considered Unencumbered Cash solely due to Liens or escrow restrictions arising from such escrow arrangement and (ii) any
cash and Cash Equivalents subject to any cash pooling arrangement or cash management in respect of netting services and similar arrangements shall be considered Unencumbered Cash only to the extent, with respect to any such arrangements, that the
total amount of cash and Cash Equivalent on deposit subject to such arrangements equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts or similar obligations subject thereto. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors
of the Company; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally
entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person. 

  
 -35- 

 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. 

“Wincor Joint Venture” means any single joint venture that may be entered into by one or more of the Purchased Entities.

 “Wincor Nixdorf” means Wincor Nixdorf Aktiengesellschaft. 

“Wincor Nixdorf Shares” means the Capital Stock of Wincor Nixdorf proposed to be acquired by the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Acquisition (for the avoidance of doubt, including any acquisition of such Capital Stock subsequent to the Acquisition Closing Date). 

 

	Section 1.02	Other Definitions. 

  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.16(b)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c) of Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	4.16(c)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	3.10(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	3.10(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
	  	3.10(b)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02(c)
	 “Bondholder Call”
	  	4.06(c)
	 “Carryover Amount”
	  	4.08(b)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e) of Appendix A
	 “Designation”
	  	4.13(a)
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “ERISA Legend”
	  	2.2(e) of Appendix A
	 “Euroclear”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.16(c)
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	1.05(j)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e) of Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02(a)
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “PDF”
	  	12.16
	 “QIB”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A

  
 -36- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	4.17(b)
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.08(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e) of Appendix A
	 “Revocation”
	  	4.13(b)
	 “Rule 144”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.16(b)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(c)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.17(a)
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	4.17(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.17(b)
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “U.S. Person”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A

  

	Section 1.03	Rules of Construction. 

 Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined
in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the meaning assigned to it therein; 
 (2) an
accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not
exclusive; 
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,”
“clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (8) “including” means including without
limitation; 

  
 -37- 

 (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 

(10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and
other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and 

(11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed
exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines. 
  

	Section 1.04	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

 Whenever this Indenture refers to a
provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC; 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor
upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture
Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rules under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

	Section 1.05	Acts of Holders. 

 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing.
Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantors. Proof
of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the
Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any
Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any 

  
 -38- 

 
notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution
thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of
the Person executing the same. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantors in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Company may set a record date for purposes of
determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on or consent to any action authorized or
permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to
in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date
shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e),
the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders
remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected
Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date
to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02. 
 (f) The Trustee may set any day
as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any
direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy as permitted in Section 6.06. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled
to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable
Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall
cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02. 

(g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard
to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a
Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

  
 -39- 

 (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is
the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by
Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(i) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note
held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in
this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to
make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date. 

(j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day
as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the
other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 12.02, on or prior to both the existing and the new Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set
pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 30th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the
Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j). 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
  

	Section 2.01	Form and Dating; Terms. 

 (a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional
Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued under this Indenture are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall
each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national
securities exchanges to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (b) The aggregate principal amount of
Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 

  
 -40- 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made,
a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes
shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer as provided in Section 4.16 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.15, and otherwise as not prohibited by this Indenture. The Notes shall
not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3. 
 Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created
and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes and shall have the same terms, including as to status,
redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date and the first date from which interest will accrue) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Company’s ability to issue
Additional Notes shall be subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09; provided further that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will
be issued as a separate series under this Indenture and will have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Initial Notes. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 

 

	Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication. 

 (a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on
behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 

(b) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an
“Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and
Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 

(d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate
of the Company. 
 (e) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one
Officer of the Company (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only
in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in
accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange
Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes. 

  
 -41- 

	Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

 (a) The Company shall maintain at least one office or
agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar,
and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of
any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to
act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (c) Neither the Trustee nor
any Agent shall have responsibility or liability for actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 
  

	Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

 The Company shall, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and
(unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed
by the Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, and upon accounting for any funds disbursed, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

 

	Section 2.05	Holder Lists. 

 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at
least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the
Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). 

  
 -42- 

	Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange. 

 (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be
transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. 
 (b) To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

 (c) No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to
Section 2.07), but the Holders shall be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 3,10, 4.15, 4.16 and 9.05). 
 (d) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (e) Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to
issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of
selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption, or tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Disposition Offer, in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(f) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and for all other
purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (g) Upon surrender for
registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees,
one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 (h) At the option of
the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive
Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the replacement Global Notes or Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions
of Appendix A so long as the requirements of this Indenture are satisfied. 
 (i) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel
required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission. 

  
 -43- 

	Section 2.07	Replacement Notes. 

 (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a
Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s reasonable requirements are otherwise met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company
and the Trustee (including reasonable respective fees and expenses of counsel) in replacing a Note. Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07(a), in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the
Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.07, the Company may require the amount of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and the Trustee) in connection therewith. 

(b) The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  

	Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes. 

 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.07, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the
provisions hereof, those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding and those that are subject to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article 8. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b). 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York. 

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to
accrue from and after the date of such payment. 
 (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any
thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be
deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  

	Section 2.09	Treasury Notes. 

 In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount
of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes beneficially owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of

  
 -44- 

 
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in actually relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be
so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the
Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 
  

	Section 2.10	Temporary Notes. 

 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary
Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may
be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
  

	Section 2.11	Cancellation. 

 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one
else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the
Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall, upon the written request of the Company, be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

	Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest. 

 (a) If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes,
it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and
in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment
date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 15 days before the
special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall send, mail or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or cause
to be sent, mailed or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

  
 -45- 

 (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty,
each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note. 

 

	Section 2.13	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

 The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers
(if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is
made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes,
and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN
numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 
  

	Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee. 

 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the
Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate (which may be withdrawn prior to the date such notice of redemption is given) setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note or Section of
this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. 

Notwithstanding the notice requirements in Section 3.03, if the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given,
the actual redemption price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes to be redeemed, shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date.

  

	Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

 (a) If less than all of the Notes are
to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with
the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot in accordance with the Applicable Procedures or by such other method as the
Trustee in its sole discretion deems to be fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; provided that no Notes of $2,000 in
principal amount 

  
 -46- 

 
or less shall be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes
called for redemption or purchase. 
 (c) After the redemption date or purchase date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed or purchased
in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the original Note, representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or not purchased, shall be issued in the name of the Holder of
the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries shall be made to reflect such partial redemption). 
  

	Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption. 

 (a) Subject to Section 3.10, the Company shall send or
deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or cause to be sent (or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) notices of redemption of Notes not less than 30 days but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices
may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(f), notices of redemption may not be conditional. Notices to the Trustee may be
given by email in PDF format. 
 (b) The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and ISIN number, if applicable)
and shall state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in
connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof; 

(3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption
are being redeemed; 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if
any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption. 

  
 -47- 

 (c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to
this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in
Section 3.03(b). 
  

	Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with
Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity
of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 

 

	Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

 (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City
time) on the redemption or purchase date (or such later time as such date to which the Trustee may reasonably agree), the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and
accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid
to the Holder of record on such Record Date. The Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest
on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 (b) If the Company complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the Holders of such Notes shall have no further rights with
respect to such Notes except the right to receive such payment of the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes upon surrender of such Notes. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior
to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date in respect of such Note will be paid on such redemption or purchase date to the Person in whose name such Note is registered at the close
of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest accrued
to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 
  

	Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or
purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the 

  
 -48- 

 
Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing
the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this
Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
  

	Section 3.07	Optional Redemption. 

 (a) At any time prior to April 15, 2019, the Company may, on
any one or more occasions, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. Promptly after the determination thereof, the Company shall give the Trustee notice of the redemption price provided for in this Section 3.07(a), and the Trustee shall not be responsible
for such calculation. 
 (b) Prior to April 15, 2019, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the original
aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03, at a redemption price equal to 108.5%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date; provided that (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

 (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company’s
option prior April 15, 2019. 
 (d) On and after April 15, 2019, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem the Notes,
in whole or in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding,
the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2019
	  	 	106.375	% 
	 2020
	  	 	104.250	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.125	% 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections
3.01 through 3.06. 
 (f) Any redemption notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject
to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been
satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

  
 -49- 

 (g) The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer,
open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. 

 

	Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption. 

 Except as set forth in Section 3.09, the Company will not
be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	Section 3.09	Special Mandatory Redemption. 

 Within five Business Days following the earlier of
(a) the date on which an Acquisition Termination Event occurs and (b) 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on November 21, 2016, if the Acquisition has not closed by such date, the Company will be required to mail (or otherwise send in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures) a notice of mandatory redemption to each Holder fixing the date of such mandatory redemption (such date to be 30 days from the mailing or sending of the notice of mandatory redemption). On such mandatory
redemption date, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the mandatory
redemption date. Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, the provisions of this Section 3.09 will cease to apply. 
  

	Section 3.10	Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

 (a) In the event that,
pursuant to Section 4.16, the Company is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company will follow the procedures specified below. 

(b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase
Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to
Section 4.16 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness
validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes are made. 

(c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and
unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price for
Notes accepted by the Company for purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company shall send a notice to each of the Holders or otherwise deliver such
notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. The Asset Disposition
Offer shall be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, shall state: 

(1) that an Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.16 and the expiration
time of the Asset Disposition Offer Period; 

  
 -50- 

 (2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the portion
thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 
 (3) that Notes must be
tendered in integral multiples of $1,000, and any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making the payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition
Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a
Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to such Note completed, the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the
address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case
may be, receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder
tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased; 

(7) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the
Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness
tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note having a principal amount of $2,000 shall be purchased in
part; 
 (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) (the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof); 

(9) the other procedures, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 3.10 that a Holder must follow; and

 (10) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers of the Notes. 

(e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis
to the extent necessary or as otherwise provided in Section 4.16(c), the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, if applicable, or portions thereof validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset
Disposition Offer, or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in whole number multiples of $1,000;
provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of

  
 -51- 

 
such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Company will deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10. In addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. 

(f) The Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of
the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes
or the Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this
Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered;
provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu
Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or sent by the Company to the Holder thereof. 
 (g) The Company will
comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with any repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will be deemed to have complied with its obligations under this
Indenture by virtue of any conflict. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10 or Section 4.16, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
  

	Section 4.01	Payment of Notes. 

 (a) The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds
as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City) time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

(b) The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement. In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest
Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. 

  
 -52- 

 (c) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law)
on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

 The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which
may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company and the Guarantors in respect
of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or
all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03. 
  

	Section 4.03	Taxes. 

 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except (a) such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or (b) where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
  

	Section 4.04	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

 The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force,
that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by
resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

 

	Section 4.05	Corporate Existence. 

 Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or 

  
 -53- 

 
any such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not
be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided further that this Section 4.05 does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by
Section 4.16 (or that does not constitute an Asset Disposition). 
  

	Section 4.06	Reports and Other Information. 

 (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject
to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated by the
SEC, the Company will file with the SEC within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations that are then applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not then subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, then
the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in such rules and regulations) (in either case, including any extension as would be permitted by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act): 

(1) all financial information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, or any successor or
comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent
registered public accounting firm; 
 (2) all financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly
report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section; 

(3) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form, if
the Company were required to file such reports; and 
 in each case in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in
such form provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing has occurred. 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.06(a), (i) the Company will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not
permit such filing, so long as the Company provides such information to the Trustee and the Holders and makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in each case at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date
the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to Section 4.06(a) and (ii) the Company will not be obligated to provide to the Trustee or the Holders or make available to prospective purchasers of the Notes any materials
for which it has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and
prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The requirements set forth in Sections 4.06(a) and 4.06(b) may be satisfied by delivering such
information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes;
provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if such 

  
 -54- 

 
posting has occurred. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on
Officer’s Certificates). 
 (c) In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial
information for the prior fiscal period have been furnished pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(1) or (2), the Company shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management for the benefit of the Trustee,
the Holders, beneficial owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions (any such call, a “Bondholder Call”); provided that, so long as the Company holds
quarterly conference calls for investors of its Common Stock, it shall not be required to hold separate or additional Bondholder Calls. If the Company holds any Bondholder Call, no fewer than five calendar days prior to the date such Bondholder Call
is to be held, the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such Bondholder Call for the benefit of the Trustee, the Holders, beneficial owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities
analysts and market making financial institutions, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such Bondholder Call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be
provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such Bondholder Call. 
 (d) If the Company has designated any of its
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by this
Section 4.06 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by the Company, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  

	Section 4.07	Compliance Certificate. 

 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such
Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or
principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the
Company and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company and each
Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto). 

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Company will promptly (which shall be within ten Business Days following the date on which the Company becomes aware of
such Default, receives notice of such Default or becomes aware of such action, as applicable) send to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereof. 

  
 -55- 

	Section 4.08	Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity), directly or indirectly, to: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect
of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than: 

(A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); and 

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on
or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or
distribution; 
 (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or
consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to
any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than: 

(A) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by the
Company or any other Guarantor permitted under clause (5) of Section 4.09(b); or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity,
in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) of this Section 4.08(a) (other than any exception thereto) shall be
referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); 

  
 -56- 

 (B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and 
 (C) the aggregate amount
of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (7), (8), (9), (10), (12), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of
Section 4.08(b)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication): 
 (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period
(treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available
(or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 
 (ii) 100% of the
aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Capital Stock issued in connection with the
Transactions) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date, other than: 
  

	 	(x)	Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock
ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination; and 

 

	 	(y)	Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 3.07(b); plus

 (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the
Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or
exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus 

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in any Person resulting from: 
  

	 	(x)	repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of
assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or 

 

	 	(y)	 the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each 

  
 -57- 

	 	
case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was previously included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock
or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and
other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (4)(C)(ii) of
Section 4.08(a); 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Guarantor,
so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) the purchase,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of
Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.15 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.16; provided that, prior to or
simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the
Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; 

(5) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to
the extent permitted under Section 4.16; 

  
 -58- 

 (6) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date
of declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 4.08; 
 (7) the purchase, redemption or other
acquisition (including by cancellation of indebtedness), cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Company held by any future, present or former directors, officers, employees, management or
consultants or advisors of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates, heirs, family members or former family members or any other permitted transferee, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under
stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate such persons approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $10.0 million in
the aggregate during any fiscal year, with any unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to the two succeeding fiscal years (the “Carryover Amount” and, for purposes of calculating the Carryover Amount for any fiscal year, the
unused amounts from any prior fiscal years shall be deemed to have been utilized first by making any Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (7) in such fiscal year), although such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not
to exceed: 
 (A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
future, existing or former employees, directors, consultants or members of management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date; plus 

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the
Issue Date; less  
 (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments made since the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds
described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (7); 
 provided, further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness
owing to the Company from employees, directors, officers or consultants or members of management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including their permitted transferees) in connection with any repurchase of Capital Stock will not be deemed
to constitute a Restricted Payment under this Indenture; 
 (8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any
class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;” 

(9) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur (A) upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options,
warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities if such Capital Stock represents all or portion of the exercise price thereof or (B) as a result of Capital Stock being utilized to satisfy tax
withholding obligations upon (i) the exercise of stock options or (b) the vesting of other equity awards that constitute Capital Stock; 

(10) any payment of cash in respect of fractional shares of the Company’s Capital Stock upon the exercise, conversion or
exchange of any stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company; 

(11) the declaration and payment of cash dividends on the Company’s Common Stock in an amount not to exceed
(i) $30.0 million in any fiscal quarter prior to the fiscal quarter in which the Acquisition Closing Date occurs and (ii) 12.5 cents per share in any 

  
 -59- 

 
fiscal quarter beginning with the fiscal quarter in which the Acquisition Closing Date occurs (as adjusted so that the aggregate amount payable pursuant to this clause (11) is not increased
or decreased solely as a result of any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction); 
 (12) any Restricted Payment
made to consummate the Transactions as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents and any subsequent acquisitions of Wincor Nixdorf Shares; 

(13) any Restricted Payment so long as, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Total Net Leverage Ratio of the
Company would not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; 
 (14) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or cash equivalents); 

(15) Restricted Payments made pursuant to the Diebold, Incorporated 2014 Non-Qualified Stock Purchase Plan (or any successor
thereto) in an aggregate amount (net of employee contributions) not to exceed $3.0 million in any fiscal year; 
 (16) the
repurchase or redemption of the Company’s Capital Stock or rights to purchase such Capital Stock issued in connection with any future shareholder rights plan of the Company; 

(17) Restricted Payments required to be made pursuant to the terms of the Domination Agreement; and 

(18) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to
this clause (18) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to
exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Restricted Payment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

provided, however, that at the time of and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (8), (11),
(13) and (18), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) The amount of all
Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of any Restricted Payment paid in cash shall be its face amount. 

(d) To the extent any cash or any other property is paid or is distributed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the
conversion or exchange of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or upon any other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for an amount based on the value of such Capital Stock, (1) any amount of such cash or property that exceeds the principal amount of Indebtedness that is converted, exchanged, acquired or retired and any accrued interest
paid thereon (and only such excess amount) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment described in clause (2) of Section 4.08(a) and (2) the amount of such cash or property 

  
 -60- 

 
up to an amount equal to the principal amount of the Indebtedness that is converted, exchanged, acquired or retired shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment described in clause (3) of
Section 4.08(a) if such Indebtedness is a Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligation. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries repurchases any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or
exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company in the open market at a price in excess of the principal amount of such Indebtedness and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, such excess amount shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment described
in clause (2) of Section 4.08(a). 
  

	Section 4.09	Limitation on Indebtedness. 

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity) to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided,
however, that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis: 

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and 

(2) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the
Indebtedness or entering into the transactions relating to such Incurrence. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit
the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 
 (1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred under a Debt
Facility and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and
bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $3,000.0 million; 

(2) Indebtedness of the Company represented by the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), Indebtedness of any Guarantor
represented by a Note Guarantee (other than in respect of any Additional Notes), and Indebtedness represented by any Exchange Notes and any Note Guarantees issued in exchange for such Notes and Note Guarantees in an exchange offer conducted pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the
Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (8), (10), (11), (15), (16), (19), (20) and (21) of this Section 4.09(b)); 

(4) Guarantees by (A) the Company or Guarantors of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company or a Guarantor in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and (B) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 

  
 -61- 

 (5) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than a Receivables Entity) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, 

(A) if the Company is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 
 (B) if a Guarantor is the
obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 

(C) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness
being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Receivables Entity); and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (other than a Receivables Entity) 
 shall be deemed, in each case under this clause (5)(C) of this Section 4.09(b), to
constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; 
 (6)
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event
which results in any such Preferred Stock being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Receivables Entity); and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to
a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Receivables Entity) shall be deemed in each case under this clause (6) to constitute an Incurrence of such Preferred Stock by such Subsidiary. 

(7) Indebtedness of Persons (other than any Purchased Entity) Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became
a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (i) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related
transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (ii) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however,
that at the time such Person is acquired, either 
 (A) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (7) of this Section 4.09(b); or 

(B) on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or
higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 

  
 -62- 

 (8) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary
course of business (and not for speculative purposes); 
 (9) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary through the direct purchase
of such property, plant or equipment, and any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (9) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (9) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (A) $50.0 million and (B) 1.25% of Total Tangible Assets; 

(10) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (11) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising from agreements of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earn-out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the
Company or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (12) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of
the Company not to exceed the greater of (a) $150.0 million and (b) 3.75% of Total Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(13) the Incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund
or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (7), (21) and this clause (13) of this Section 4.09(b); 

(14) Indebtedness Incurred under working capital facilities, letter of credit facilities, bank guarantee facilities or similar
facilities in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $50.0 million; 
 (15) Indebtedness consisting
of avals by any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of, and with respect to obligations that are not classified as Indebtedness of, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries which are entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with standard business practices; 
 (16) Indebtedness arising from (a) the
endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business, or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently
(except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17)
Indebtedness Incurred in (a) Qualified Receivables Transactions and (b) Permitted Factoring Transactions to the extent that such Permitted Factoring Transactions are recourse to the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary in an
aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million; 

  
 -63- 

 (18) Integrated Service Contract Debt in an aggregate amount outstanding at any
one time not to exceed $100.0 million; 
 (19) Indebtedness Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with
cash pooling arrangements and cash management arrangements in respect of netting services and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts, but only to the extent, with respect to any such arrangements,
that the total amount of deposits subject to such arrangements equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts or similar obligations subject to such arrangements; 

(20) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums; 

(21) Indebtedness of any Purchased Entity permitted to survive the Acquisition or be incurred thereafter and prior to the
Domination Agreement Effective Date under the terms of the Acquisition Documentation (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), which Indebtedness is not secured by assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Wincor
Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries) or guaranteed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Wincor Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries); 

(22) Indebtedness Incurred under Bi-lateral LC/WC Agreements in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not
to exceed $300.0 million (with the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time in respect of Bi-lateral LC/WC Agreements constituting revolving credit facilities not to exceed $50.0 million (in each case, such amounts will be calculated
exclusive of any bank guarantee or the like issued in connection with a squeeze-out of any minority shareholders of Wincor Nixdorf (i) in accordance with Sec. 327b(3) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), (ii) in accordance
with Sec. 62 of the German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz) in conjunction with 327b(3) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) or (iii) in relation to a squeeze-out pursuant to 39a and 39b of the German Takeover Code
(Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz)); and 
 (23) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through
(22) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (23) and
then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets at any time outstanding (with Total Tangible Assets being measured at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (c) The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds
thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any
Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Company
or a Guarantor. 

  
 -64- 

 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any
particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09: 
 (1) in the event that
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such
item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(b) and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of the clauses (1) through (23) of Section 4.09(b); provided
that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility, and all Indebtedness (or the portion thereof) Incurred under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b), shall be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of
Section 4.09(b) and not Section 4.09(a) or clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) and may not later be reclassified; 

(2) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and relate to other Indebtedness,
then such letters of credit shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to such Debt Facility and such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and 

(3) except as provided in clause (2) of this Section 4.09(d), Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of
credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included. 

(e) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in
the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

(f) In addition, the Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such
Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Company shall be in Default of this Section 4.09). 

(g) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date
such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction
shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum
amount of Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance
other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in
effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 (h) For purposes of this Indenture, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually
subordinated or junior in right of payment of any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (i) being unsecured or (ii) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral. 

  
 -65- 

	Section 4.10	Limitation on Liens. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity) to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any
of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any
Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated
Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 

(2) in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured or are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this
Section 4.10 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) above. 

 

	Section 4.11	Future Guarantors. 

 (a) The Company will cause (i) each Restricted Subsidiary
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Receivables Entity) that is not a Guarantor that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, becomes a borrower or Guarantees the Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and (ii) each Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Receivables Entity or an Immaterial Subsidiary) that is not a Guarantor that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any
Guarantor to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a
joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other Obligations under this Indenture. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, none of the Purchased Entities will be required to provide a Note Guarantee prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date. 

(b) At each time of distribution of annual or quarterly financial information pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of Section 4.06,
the Company shall calculate the total assets and total revenues of all Immaterial Subsidiaries of the Company. In the event that the total assets or total revenues of all Immaterial Subsidiaries of the Company that Guarantee any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Guarantor for borrowed money (other than Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility) would exceed 10.0% of the total assets or total revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each
case determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
are available and its consolidated statement of operations for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such balance sheet date, the Company shall, within 30 days of the date of distribution of such financial
information, cause one or more Immaterial Subsidiaries of the Company that Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor for borrowed money (other than Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility) to provide Note Guarantees as and to
the extent required to cause the total assets and total revenues of all Immaterial Subsidiaries of the Company not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets or total revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 

  
 -66- 

 (c) The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after
giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any
other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under this Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. 
 (d) Each Note Guarantee shall be released in accordance with
the provisions of Section 10.06. 
  

	Section 4.12	Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries. 

 (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity) to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit
to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in
receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock); 

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of
loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood
that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.12(a)). 
 (b)
The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual
encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility and related documentation and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence
at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or
assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property); 

  
 -67- 

 (4) any agreement or other instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in
connection with the Acquisition in existence at the time of Acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than Wincor
Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of Wincor Nixdorf and its Subsidiaries (including after-acquired property); 

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Purchased Entity permitted under the terms of the Acquisition Documentation to
(i) survive the Acquisition or (ii) be entered into after the Acquisition and prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date; 

(6) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement
referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 4.12(b) or this clause (6) of this Section 4.12(b); provided, however, that such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith determination of the Company, taken as a whole, no more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses, (1), (2) and (3) of
Section 4.12(a) contained in the agreements referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 4.12(b) on the Issue Date, the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a
Restricted Subsidiary or the Domination Agreement Effective Date, whichever is applicable; 
 (7) in the case of clause
(3) of Section 4.12(a), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.10 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

(8) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations
permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.12(a) on the property so acquired; 

(9) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to
an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(10) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers, lessors or landlords or required by
insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) any
customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, tenders, government contracts,
leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, custom, performance and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature (including standby letters of credit or completion guarantees), in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 (14) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements Incurred with respect to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction relating exclusively to 

  
 -68- 

 
a Receivables Entity that, in the good faith determination of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, are necessary or appropriate to effect such Qualified Receivables
Transaction; 
 (15) any customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture
agreements, other similar agreements and related governance documents entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of
which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
 (17) other Indebtedness
Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are not more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and
restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.12(a), taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Company under this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date (which results in
encumbrances or restrictions at a Restricted Subsidiary level comparable to those applicable to the Company). 
  

	Section 4.13	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

 (a) The Company may designate
after the Issue Date any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Designation; 

(2) the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of Designation own any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien with respect to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary so designated; 

(3) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times
thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (4) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 
 (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such
Subsidiary; or 
 (b) to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve any
specified levels of operating results; and 
 (5) either (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated
assets of $1,000 or less or (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such Designation would be permitted under Section 4.08 and the definition of “Permitted Investment.” 

  
 -69- 

 (b) The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a
“Revocation”) only if, immediately after giving effect to such Revocation: 
 (1) (a) The Company
would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Revocation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such Revocation; 

(2) all Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such
time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and 
 (3) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Revocation. 
 (c) Any such Designation or Revocation shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such Designation or Revocation, as the case may be, and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Designation or
Revocation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 (d) A Revocation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date. 
  

	Section 4.14	Transactions with Affiliates. 

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity) to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or
exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving an aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, than those that could have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms’ length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate; 

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, the terms of such
transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities,
as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) of this Section 4.14(a)); and 

(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, the Company has
received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable
than those that could have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

  
 -70- 

 (b) Section 4.14(a) will not apply to: 

(1) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or between Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Entity or Receivables Entities) and any Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with
Section 4.09; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.08 or Permitted Investments;

 (3) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company in connection with any
contribution to the capital of the Company; 
 (4) the pledge of Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(5) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the
funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee
benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; 

(6) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement expenses paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of,
directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) loans or advances to employees, officers, directors or
consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; 

(8) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective
Date, any Purchased Entity) that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns Capital Stock in or otherwise controls such Person; 

(9) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or
renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, when
taken as a whole, than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (10) any agreement between any Person and
an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any
amendment thereto, so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such
acquisition or merger; 
 (11) transactions with Wincor Nixdorf and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any agreement between
Wincor Nixdorf and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and an Affiliate of Wincor Nixdorf permitted to survive the completion of the Acquisition or be Incurred thereafter and prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date under the terms of the
Acquisition Documentation; 

  
 -71- 

 (12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable
determination of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; 
 (13) any grant, issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; 

(14) sales or other transfers or dispositions of accounts receivable and other related assets customarily transferred in an
asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and acquisitions of Permitted Investments in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 

(15) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent
Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that could have been obtained by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate; and 

(16) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, as contemplated by the Acquisition
Documents, or transactions with Wincor Nixdorf and/or its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of a Domination Agreement. 
  

	Section 4.15	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the
Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive any interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless
the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder or otherwise send such notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures,
with a copy to the Trustee, stating: 
 (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15,
the expiration time of such Change of Control Offer (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) and that all Notes properly
tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of
purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the applicable Record Date to receive interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date); 

  
 -72- 

 (2) the purchase date (which shall be no later than five Business Days after the
date such Change of Control Offer expires) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) if such notice is
delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control and setting forth a brief description of the definitive agreement for the Change of Control; 

(4) that Notes must be tendered in integral multiples of $1,000, and any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and
continue to accrue interest; 
 (5) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, any
Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business
Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and
their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the of such Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth
the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(8) that, if a Holder is tendering less than all of its Notes, such Holder will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) (the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof); and 

(9) the other procedures, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.15 that a Holder must follow. 

The notice, if mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such
Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in integral multiples of $1,000) validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the
portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000; 

  
 -73- 

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount sufficient to make the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and 

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 (c) The Paying Agent
will promptly mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s
Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount
of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record
date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such record date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Change of Control Payment Date. 

(e) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.07. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time such Change of Control Offer is made. 

(f) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 

(g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such
Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company pursuant to Section 4.15(e), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders,
the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that
remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. 

  
 -74- 

 (h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.15, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 4.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06. 
  

	Section 4.16	Asset Dispositions. 

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, this covenant will not apply to any Purchased Entity) to, cause, make or suffer to exist any Asset Disposition unless: 

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market
Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 For the purposes of clause (2) of this Section 4.16(a) and for no other purpose, the
following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s
balance sheet or the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that
are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released or which have been discharged by
operation of law or otherwise; 
 (2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and 

(3) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset
Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and
(ii) 1.25% of Total Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value). 
 (b) Within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the receipt of such Net
Available Cash, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition may be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as follows: 

(A) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto): (i) Secured Indebtedness under the
Senior Credit Facility and (ii) Secured Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or 

  
 -75- 

 
Subordinated Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each
case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; 
 (B) to permanently reduce obligations
under other Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Guarantor (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness
owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes, as provided under Section 3.07 through open market purchases at or above 100% of the principal
amount thereof or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.16 for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus the amount
of accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes that are purchased or redeemed; 
 (C) in the case of an Assets Disposition by a
Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Guarantor) or (ii) the Company or a Guarantor; 

(D) to make capital expenditures or invest in Additional Assets; or 

(E) any combination of the foregoing; 

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (A), (B), (C), (D) or
(E) of this Section 4.16(b), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this
Indenture; provided, further, that in the case of clause (C) of this Section 4.16(b), a binding commitment to invest in Additional Assets shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such
commitment so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an
“Acceptable Commitment”) and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within the later of 365 days from the consummation of the Asset Disposition and 180 days from the date of the Acceptable Commitment, and in the
event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second
Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within 180 days from the date of the Second Commitment, it being understood that if a Second Commitment is later
cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

(c) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.16(b) shall be deemed to
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $40.0 million, the Company will be required to make
an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal
amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that 

  
 -76- 

 
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest due on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10 or the agreements governing the Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as applicable, in the case of the Notes in integral multiples of $1,000; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase
would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Company shall commence an Asset Disposition
Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) the notice required by Section 3.10, with a copy to the Trustee. 

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an
Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds to reduce Indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be
purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that the selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the
terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness). Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  

	Section 4.17	Effectiveness of Covenants.  

 (a) Following the first day (such date, a
“Suspension Date”): 
 (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies; and

 (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, 

the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.10, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11 (but only
with respect to any Person that is required to become a Guarantor on or after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date), 4.12, 4.14, 4.16 and 5.01(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

(b) If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
(including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no
Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is
in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants
remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” In addition, during any Suspension Period, the amount of
Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

  
 -77- 

 (c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be
classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b) (in each case to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and
after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b), such
Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (3) of Section 4.09(b). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments
under Section 4.08 will be made as though the covenants described under Section 4.08 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will
reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.08(a). 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended
Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 

(e) Promptly following the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date, the Company will provide an Officer’s Certificate to
the Trustee regarding such occurrence. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. 

 

	Section 4.18	Use of Proceeds Prior to the Closing of the Acquisition. 

 Prior to earlier of
(A) the Acquisition Closing Date and (B) the date on which the Notes are redeemed by the Company pursuant to Section 3.09, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use the net proceeds from the issuance of
the Notes for any purpose other than making Investments in Cash Equivalents or consummating the Acquisition. Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, this Section 4.18 will automatically cease to be of any force or effect. 

ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

 

	Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

 (a) The Company will
not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or
more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
“Successor Company”) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and if such entity is not a
corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws; 
 (2) the Successor Company
(if other than the Company) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a 

  
 -78- 

 
supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement all of the obligations of the Company under the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any
related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 

(A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a);
or 
 (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or
greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (5) each
Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of Section 5.01(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Successor
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and shall have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and 

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) Subject
to certain limitations, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding clause (4) of Section 5.01(a): 

(1) the Company may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any
Restricted Subsidiary, and any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person
other than the Company; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and 

(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating or forming the Company in
another state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 

(c) The Company will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the
surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Company or another Guarantor)
unless: 
 (1) (A) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
“Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the U.S., any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia; 

  
 -79- 

 (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all
the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement all the
obligations of such Guarantor under the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (D) the Company will have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding-up or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; or 

(2) in the event the transaction results in the release of the Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee under clause (1)(A) of
Section 10.06(a), the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.16 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time). 
 (d) Subject to certain limitations described in this
Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor and the Registration Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may consolidate
or merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor or the Company or consolidate or merge with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, so long as the resulting entity remains or becomes a Guarantor.

 (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

  

	Section 5.02	Successor Entity Substituted. 

 Upon any consolidation, merger, winding-up, sale,
assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01, the Company and a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes or its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and such Note Guarantee; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Company will not be
released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes, and a Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

  
 -80- 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	Section 6.01	Events of Default. 

 (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”
(provided that, prior to the Domination Agreement Effective Date, these provisions will not apply to any Purchased Entity): 

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note
when due, continued for 30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its
Stated Maturity, upon mandatory or optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (3)
failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01; 
 (4) failure by the Company
or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under Article 4 (in each case, other than (A) a failure to purchase Notes which constitutes an Event of Default under
Section 6.01(a)(2), (B) a failure to comply with Section 5.01 which constitutes an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(3) or (C) a failure to comply with any of Sections 4.06 or 9.07, each of which constitutes an
Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5)); 
 (5) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days (or, in
the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.06, 120 days) after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 
 (A) is
caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness; or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity; 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more; 
 (7)
failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes final; 

  
 -81- 

 (8) (i) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law: 
 (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (D) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company, any such
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B) appoints a receiver, interim
receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the
date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary that is
a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and the
order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

  
 -82- 

 (9) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors
that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by
the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee. 

However, a Default under clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) after receipt of
such notice. 
 (b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of
Section 6.01(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if: 

(1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.01(a) shall be remedied or cured
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and 

(2) (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 

 

	Section 6.02	Acceleration. 

 (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in
clause (8) of Section 6.01(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the
Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, such
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an
Event of Default under clause (8) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 (c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment
or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration,
have been cured or waived. 

  
 -83- 

	Section 6.03	Other Remedies. 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  

	Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults. 

 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except: 

(1) a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting
Holder (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer); and 
 (2) a Default with
respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected, 
 provided that, subject to
Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such
Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereon. 
  

	Section 6.05	Control by Majority. 

 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts
with law, this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

 

	Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits. 

 Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an
Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

  
 -84- 

 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

 

	Section 6.07	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

 

	Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

 If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if
any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel. 
  

	Section 6.09	Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any
determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall
continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 
  

	Section 6.10	Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

 Except as otherwise provided with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every
right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
  

	Section 6.11	Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any 

  
 -85- 

 
such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may
be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
  

	Section 6.12	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

 The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the
Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of
creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee
and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts
due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities
and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

	Section 6.13	Priorities. 

 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6,
it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 (1) to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

(2) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference
or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

(3) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set
pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02. 

  
 -86- 

	Section 6.14	Undertaking for Costs. 

 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court
in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

 

	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee. 

 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own
affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit
the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 

  
 -87- 

 (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided,
every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) Subject to this Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have provided to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against
the costs, expenses, fees and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (f) The Trustee
shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

 

	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee. 

 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney
at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to
the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its
selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or
attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor. 

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of
Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 -88- 

 (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(i) The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is
payable and the amount thereof. 
 (j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the
names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any
Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be required
to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
  

	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

 The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other
capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
  

	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes
or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes. 
  

	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults. 

 If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee will mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders
notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

  
 -89- 

	Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

 (a) Within 60 days after each
April 15, beginning with April 15, 2017 and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 (b)
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom. 
  

	Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity. 

 (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally,
shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor
harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)) incurred by it in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any Guarantor (including this
Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee
shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own
willful misconduct or gross negligence. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the payment
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on
particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or
renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 -90- 

	Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee. 

 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of
a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation
to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in
writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee
appointed by the Company. 
 (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and such transfer shall be subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

(f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent. 

 

	Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts
into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee,
subject to Section 7.10. 

  
 -91- 

	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

 (a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder
that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or
examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

(b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).
The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 
  

	Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. 

 The Trustee is subject to Trust
Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated
therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  

	Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

 The Company may, at its
option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

 

	Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

 (a) Upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with
respect to this Indenture, all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have
paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such
payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04; 
 (2) the
Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in
trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in
connection therewith; and 

  
 -92- 

 (4) this Section 8.02. 

(b) Following the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default. 
 (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding
the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 
  

	Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance. 

 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the
option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in
Sections 3.10, 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged
from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit
to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference
in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture,
and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(3) that resulted solely from the failure of the Company to comply with clause (4) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 6.01(a)(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result
of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.01(a)(9), in each case, shall not constitute an Event of
Default. 
  

	Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

 (a) The following shall be the conditions
to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a
particular redemption date; 

  
 -93- 

 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (A) the Company has received from,
or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a
change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will
confirm that the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such
deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in
connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or
any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee
an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others; 

(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel
may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and 

(7) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (6) above). 
  

	Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

(a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company or a 

  
 -94- 

 
Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but
such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (b) The Company will pay and indemnify the
Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders. 
 (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will
deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
  

	Section 8.06	Repayment to the Company. 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money
deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest
has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability
of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein,
which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
  

	Section 8.07	Reinstatement. 

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or
Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the
Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
  

	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders. 

 (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent
of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors (except that no existing Guarantor will be required to execute any amendment or 

  
 -95- 

 
supplement of this Indenture that solely relates to changes described in clause (5) of Section 9.01(a)) and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees to:

 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture,
the Notes or the Note Guarantees in accordance with Article 5; 
 (3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 
 (4) comply with the rules of any applicable Depositary; 

(5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this
Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (6) secure the Notes and the Note
Guarantees; 
 (7) add covenants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of
Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; 

(8) make any change that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees of any Holder; 
 (9) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (10) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 

(11) provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes (which shall be identical to Exchange Notes except
that they will not be freely transferable) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities; 

(12) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of
notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as
confirmed in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; or 
 (13) make any amendment to the provisions of this
Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes or, if Incurred in compliance with this Indenture,
Additional Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 

  
 -96- 

 (b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described
in Section 12.04, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

 

	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders. 

 (a) Except as provided in Section 9.01 and this
Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08
and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 

(b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 12.04, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture
unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental indenture. 
 (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will send to the Holders a notice
briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, any failure of the Company to send such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 (e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect
to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest
on any Note; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

  
 -97- 

 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any
Note or change the date at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Section 3.07, Section 4.15 and Section 4.16 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise
(except amendments to the definitions of “Asset Disposition” and “Change of Control”); 
 (6) make any
Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Note; 
 (7) amend the contractual right expressly set forth in this
Indenture or the Notes of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Holder’s consent; or 

(9) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the Holders. 

(f) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection
with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. 
  

	Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

 Upon and after, but not before, the qualification
of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 

 

	Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

 (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation
of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment
becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver that is effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

 (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation
about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver. 

  
 -98- 

 (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity
and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or
waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance
with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
  

	Section 9.07	Payment for Consent. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such
consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that this Section 9.07
shall not be breached if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers,” within the meaning of
Rule 144A, or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning of Regulation S then such consideration need only be offered to all Holders to whom the exchange offer is made and to be paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time
frame. 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
  

	Section 10.01	Guarantee. 

 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of
the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations.” Failing payment by the Company when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

  
 -99- 

 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06. 

(c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 (d) If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (e) Each Guarantor
agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between
the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any
stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees. 
 (f) Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and
continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed
for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to
applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though
such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such
amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

(h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or
diminution of any kind or nature. 

  
 -100- 

	Section 10.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes,
each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that
the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect
to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this
Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in
accordance with GAAP. 
  

	Section 10.03	Execution and Delivery. 

 (a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title. 

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (c) If an Officer whose signature is
on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless. 

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 (e) If required by Section 4.11, the Company shall cause any newly created
or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.11 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
  

	Section 10.04	Subrogation. 

 Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the
Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments
arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

  
 -101- 

	Section 10.05	Benefits Acknowledged. 

 Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and
indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

 

	Section 10.06	Release of Note Guarantees. 

 (a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically
and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, upon: 

(1) (A) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise)
of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition is made in compliance with the provisions of this
Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company and
Restricted Subsidiaries under the Senior Credit Facility (including, by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility) and all other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company and the Guarantors, including the Guarantee that resulted
in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee;
provided that if such Guarantor has Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09, such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are
otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under Section 4.09; 
 (C) the
proper designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
 (D) with the consent of the Holders in accordance
with Article 9; 
 (E) the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in
accordance with Article 8; 
 (F) or the satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (2) in the case of clauses (a)(1)(A), (C), (D), (E) and
(F) only, such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction or release have been complied
with. 
 (b) At the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to
evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee. 

  
 -102- 

 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  

	Section 11.01	Satisfaction and Discharge. 

 (a) This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to
be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees issued hereunder, when either: 
 (1) all Notes that have been
authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or 
 (2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and
payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested to by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee to the extent any Government Securities are
deposited, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of
maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date
of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness
and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other
than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

(C) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and 

(D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (b) In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 11.01(a), the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.

  
 -103- 

	Section 11.02	Application of Trust Money. 

 (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all
money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or
Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has
made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government
Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	Section 12.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties shall control upon
and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  

	Section 12.02	Notices. 

 (a) Any notice or communication to the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee
is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by
facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address: 
 if to the Company or any Guarantor: 

c/o Diebold, Incorporated 

5995 Mayfair Road 
 PO Box 3077

 North Canton, Ohio 
 Fax
No.: (330) 490-4450 
 Email: jonathan.leiken@diebold.com 

Attention: Jonathan B. Leiken 

with a copy to: 
 Jones Day

 North Point 
 901 Lakeside
Avenue 
 Cleveland, OH 44114 

Fax No: (216) 579-0212 

Email: mjsolecki@jonesday.com 

Attention: Michael J. Solecki 

  
 -104- 

 if to the Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 1100 

Cleveland, Ohio 44115 CN-OH-RN11 

Email: david.schlabach@usbank.com 

Attention: David A. Schlabach 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 (b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the
time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after
timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee
shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail
(certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication
shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency
with respect to other Holders. 
 (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the
Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a
Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), according to the Applicable Procedures, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 

(f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured facsimile or
electronic transmission; provided, however, that (1) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions
or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner, and (2) such originally executed notice, instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reasonable reliance upon and compliance with such notice, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions or directions
conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions. 

  
 -105- 

 (g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 (h) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

	Section 12.03	Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust
Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(c). 
  

	Section 12.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by
the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth
in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with
the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C. 

 

	Section 12.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with
respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.07 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall include: 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s
Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant
has been complied with. 

  
 -106- 

	Section 12.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at
a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
  

	Section 12.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Shareholders. 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor shall
have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company in respect of the Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	Section 12.08	Governing Law. 

 THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

	Section 12.09	Waiver of Jury Trial. 

 EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY. 
  

	Section 12.10	Force Majeure. 

 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure
or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use
reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
  

	Section 12.11	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to
interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

 

	Section 12.12	Successors. 

 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind
its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06. 

  
 -107- 

	Section 12.13	Severability. 

 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

	Section 12.14	Counterpart Originals. 

 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  

	Section 12.15	Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

 

	Section 12.16	Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages. 

 The exchange of copies of this
Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format (“PDF”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original
Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
  

	Section 12.17	U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

 The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this
Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 
  

	Section 12.18	Payments Due on Non-Business Days. 

 In any case where any Interest Payment Date,
redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes need not
be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no
interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	Section 12.19	Qualification of Indenture. 

 The Company and the Guarantors shall qualify this
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Guarantors and
the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company
and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 -108- 

 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 -109- 

 
			
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jonathan B. Leiken

	Name:	 	Jonathan B. Leiken
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
	
	DIEBOLD SST HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
	DIEBOLD HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
	DIEBOLD LATIN AMERICA HOLDING COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mary M. Swann

	Name:	 	Mary M. Swann
	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary
	
	DIEBOLD GLOBAL FINANCE CORPORATION
	DIEBOLD SELF-SERVICE SYSTEMS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jonathan B. Leiken

	Name:	 	Jonathan B. Leiken
	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary
	
	DIEBOLD SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jonathan B. Leiken

	Name:	 	Jonathan B. Leiken
	Title:	 	President and Secretary

  
 [Signature page to
Indenture for 8.5% Senior Notes due 2024] 

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David A. Schlabach

	Name:	 	David A. Schlabach
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature page to
Indenture for 8.5% Senior Notes due 2024] 

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, AND 

ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
  

	Section 1.1	Definitions. 

 (a) Capitalized Terms. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms
have the following meanings: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and
including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee,
and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note. 
 “Euroclear” means
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined
in Rule 144A. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes
Legend. 
 “U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S. 

 (b) Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in
Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “ERISA Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)

  

	Section 2.1	Form and Dating 

 (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be
(i) offered and sold by the Company to the initial purchasers thereof and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in
reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Additional Notes may also be considered to be Rule 144A Notes or Regulation S Notes, as applicable. 

(b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive,
fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1 upward (collectively, the
“Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the
Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. One or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without
interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend, numbered RIAI-1 upward (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with the Custodian, and registered
in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial
distribution. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as
“Global Notes.” Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall
represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A. 

(c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.02 of this Indenture and
pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the 

  
 A-2 

 
Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such
Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to
any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such
Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in
Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
  

	Section 2.2	Transfer and Exchange. 

 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive
Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such
Definitive Notes; or 
 (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of
other authorized denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such
transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 
 (2) in
the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the
Restricted Notes Legend, and are accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal
opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a
Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with: 

(i) a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A
for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and 

  
 A-3 

 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the
Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the
Depositary account to be credited with such increase, 
 the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in
accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive
Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If the applicable
Global Note is not then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance
with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the
Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note and
such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest
to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix
A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of
Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 (i)
Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers
and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. In 

  
 A-4 

 
addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must
furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee. 
 (ii) During the Distribution Compliance
Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global
Note and any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such
interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the
beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution
Compliance Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture. 

(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged
for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note. 

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial
interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse
side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request. 

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(e) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d), this Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(i) of this Appendix A, each Note
certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such
for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”): 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR
ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR 

  
 A-5 

 
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: SIX MONTHS AFTER THE LATER OF THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE
OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO
PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN
DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF AT LEAST $250,000 OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR
(F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE
CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 A-6 

 Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”): 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED
TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 Each Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ERISA Legend”):

 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION
OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN,
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), APPLIES, OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF
ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OF A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), OF A CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA) THAT HAS NOT MADE AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 410(D) OF THE CODE, OR
OF A NON-U.S. PLAN, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL,
NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT REGULATE THE INVESTMENTS OF A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN (“SIMILAR LAW”). 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to
exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in
writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and provides
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request. 

  
 A-7 

 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes shall cease to apply and
the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (iv) Upon the
consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all
requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders
that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering
shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the
Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,
redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Registrar (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with
respect to such Global Note, by the Registrar or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to
Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be imposed
in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 3.10, 4.15, 4.16 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may
deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

  
 A-8 

 (v) In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted
Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the re-sale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the
Registrar and the Trustee. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in
the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any
participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to
be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any
Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to
its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or
beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the
occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate
(i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable
letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable
law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes
that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 

  
 A-9 

	Section 2.3	Definitive Notes. 

 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the
Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global
Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company
becomes aware of such cessation or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depository. In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of
all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates
or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Company or Trustee. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to
the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon
such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer
Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons
that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly
make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 A-10 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Insert
the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable,
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture] 
 [Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.] 

  
 A-1 

 CUSIP
[                    ] 
 ISIN
[                    ]1 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL] NOTE 

8.5% Senior Notes due 2024 
  

			
	No. [RA-    ] [RS-    ] [RIAI-    ] [U-    ]	  	[Up to]2 [$            ]

 DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED 

promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]3
[                    ] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note
attached hereto]4 [of $         (        
Dollars)]5 on April 15, 2024. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 
  

 

	1 	Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 253651 AA1 

 Rule 144A Note ISIN: US253651AA13 

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U25316 AA5 

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU25316AA56 

IAI Note CUSIP: 253651 AB9 
 IAI
Note ISIN: US253651AB95 

	2 	Include in Global Notes 

	3 	Include in Global Notes 

	4 	Include in Global Notes 

	5 	Include in Definitive Notes 

  
 A-2 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated:
                     

  
 A-3 

 [Reverse Side of Note] 

8.5% Senior Notes due 2024 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1. INTEREST. Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
this Note at 8.5% per annum until but excluding maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including [April 19, 2016] [            , 20[    ]]; provided that the first
Interest Payment Date shall be [October 15, 2016] [            , 20[    ]]. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered
holders of Notes at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on
or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire
transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the
Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 19, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time,
the “Indenture”), among Diebold, Incorporated, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 8.5% Senior Notes due 2024. The Company shall be
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act
for a statement of such terms. Any term used in this Note that is defined in the Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

  
 A-4 

 5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the
subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. Except as set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered for
repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part. 

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the
Indenture. 
 9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the
rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes shall have all the rights set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest. 

12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the
Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-5 

 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address: 
 c/o Diebold, Incorporated

 5995 Mayfair Road 
 PO Box 3077

 North Canton, Ohio 44720 
 Fax
No.: (330) 490-4450 
 Email: jonathan.leiken@diebold.com 

Attention: Jonathan B. Leiken 

  
 A-6 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:           
                                         
                                         
                                         
             
 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 

 
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 

and irrevocably appoint                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                  

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:
                                        

  

					
		  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                                

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-7 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
                     book-entry or
                     definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an
aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In
connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for
the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements;
or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
			
	(8)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6), (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior

  
 A-8 

 
to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is
being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
  

					
		 		 	  

		 		 	Your Signature
			
	
Date:                  
                                   
	 		 	  

		 		 	 Signature of Signature

Guarantor

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it
has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:                                     
            	  	  

		  	NOTICE:	  	To be executed by an executive officer
		  	Name:	  	
		  	Title:	  	

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                                         
   
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-9 

 TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE FROM A 

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE, 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE6 

The undersigned represents and warrants that either: 
  

	 ̈	the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act); or 

 

	 ̈	the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 ̈	the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the
Notes. 

  

					
	Dated:                                     
    	 		 	  

		 		 	Your Signature

  
  

	6 	Include only for Regulation S Global Notes. 

  
 A-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 

 ̈  Section 4.15           
  ̈  Section 4.16 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	 $            
	 	(integral multiples of $1,000,
		 	provided that the unpurchased
		 	portion must be in a minimum
		 	principal amount of $2,000)

 Date:
                                         
                                

 

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	
Tax Identification No.:             
                                     

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                            
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount of
this Global Note
	 	 Amount of

increase
 in Principal

Amount of
 this

Global Note
	 	 Principal

Amount of
 this Global

Note
 following

such
 decrease or

increase
	 	 Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee,

Depositary or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF
REPRESENTATION 
 c/o Diebold, Incorporated 
 5995 Mayfair Road

 PO Box 3077 
 North Canton, Ohio 44720 

Fax No.: (330) 490-4450 
 Email: jonathan.leiken@diebold.com

 Attention: Jonathan B. Leiken 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 8.5%
Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”) of Diebold, Incorporated (the “Company”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes
would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

			
	Name:	 	  

			
		
	Address:	 	  

			
		
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes,
for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its
investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold
except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only in accordance with the
Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply
subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from
the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve

  
 B-1 

 
the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to
require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:                                  
                         ,
	
	
by:                      
                                         
          

  
 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[        ] [    ], 20[    ], among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”),
[                                ] (the “Guaranteeing
Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T
N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and
delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 19, 2016, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 1. Capitalized
Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2.
Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 11 thereof. 

3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK. 
 4. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR
THEREBY. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 C-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00257-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00257-of-00352.parquet"}]]